Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C-2879(C) - General Construction for Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I
NG'J ,lfi.,:��13 Release of Stop Notice TO: CITY OF NFWPCIRT BRACH (Construetiun Lender, Public Body, or parhy with u:Lnn, Stay Notice ams filed) P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92659 -1768 - -- -- (.address) - - -- You are hereby notified that the undersigned claimant releases that certain Stop Notice dated OCTOBER 18, 1993 ,in the amount of$2,674,93 * ** against CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH K —W WESTERN as owner or public body and as prime contractor in connection with the work of improvement known as 949 WEST 1 6th, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 in the City of NEWPORT BEACH County of ORANGE State of California. Date NOVEMBER 9, 1993 WESTBURNE SUPPLY, INCORPORATED d /b /a Name of Claimant: WESTBURNE PIPE 8 SUPPLY 13y (Sign,nhuc MADELINE CHAFFIN, REGIONAL C EDIT (Authorized Capacity) VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, state: I am the AGENT OF ( "Agent of" ..President o Pa' (,f", " "Ozener o j' "A luer of'. ene.) the claimant named in the foregoing Release; I have read said Release of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my own knowledge. I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on NOVEMBER 9 19_ 93 at _SAN DIEGO_._,_______- _,_._.. State of _CALIFORNIA (Signathne of Cla+Tnan! or Audi w'izNK' . tl) MADELINE CHAFFIN LYt9 /l /6 9j ( ES SMTTa �- C3 Mayor 0 4anager v4ttcrrtey .._. ❑ 9 ! .. Dir. { U renScry W. R i"' 8 R Dir. P:annir� Dir ri PlAce Chief W.W. Dir 'd Dbher aZC4 B)GA FORM 5 SOW (%, 2/e]) 0 WQ� �Testbxx "1 _ - Pipe 8z Supply DOT 21 1993 rn DATE: October 18, 1993 Via.: Certified Mail. Return Receipt TO: CITY OF NEWT =nRT BEACH P.O. Pox 17Ea _Ne }apo_r_t_.Pe.3ch�_. G,59-1768 _ SUBJECT:. -- -` 349 Enclosed, please find the following: For; Invoice # Proof of Delivery Material Release Voucher- # XX STOP NOTICE REMARKS: For Your Files For Your Information Per Your Request Please Comment Please Telephone hie Please Advise Please Handle XX For Your Action This letter and the enclosed document serve as notice that Westburne Pipe 8 Supply is owed the sum of 121674.9:_ on the above referenced project. In compliance with Civil Code Section :3033 you are hereby notified to withhold sufficient monies held by you to satisfy our Demand and any additional sums sufficient to cover court costs and reasonable costs of litigation as provided by law. Please direct any questions and /or comments regarding this claim to my attention. If we can be of any further assistance, please do not hesitate to call. Madeline Chaffin Regional Credit Manager Westburne Pipe & Supply 5150 University Avenue, San Diego, California 92105 • P.O. Box 5427, San Diego, California 92165 -5427 Tel: (619) 282 -8154 • Fax: (619) 563 -4517 Stop Notice CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3103 NOTICE TO a OCT 21 19,11 (Name of Conslruclion Lender, Public Body or Owner) P_0. _Box 1768, Newport Beach, California 92659 -1768 - -- /Address) (If Private Job — file with responsible officer or person at office or branch of construction lender administering the construction funds or with the owner — CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3156 - 3175) (If Public Job — file with office of controller, auditor, or other public disbursing officer whose duty it is to make payments under provisions of the contract — CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3179 - 3214) Prime Contractor: K -W WESTERN Sub Contractor (If Any) OROSCO PLUMBING Owner or Public Body: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Improvement known as 949 West 16th, Newport Beach, California 92660 /Name and address of project or work of improvement) in the City of Newport Beach County of Orange State of California. WESTBURNE SUPPLY, INC. d /b /a Cor oration Claimant, a ._ P n) {Corporalion/Ptrrtnership /Sole Proprietorship) furnished certain labor, service, equipment or materials used in the above described work of improvement. The name of the person or company by whom claimant was employed or to whom claimant furnished labor, service, equipment, or materials is OROSCO PLUMBING (Name of Subrontraclor/Contracl(n/Osvner- Builder) The kind of labor, service, equipment, or materials furnished or agreed to be furnished by claimant was Plumbing Materials and Total value of labor, service, equipment, or materials agreed to be furnished......... $ 2.674.93 * ** Total value of labor, service, equipment, or materials actually furnished is............ $ 2.674.93 * ** Credit for materials returned, if any ............................... ............................... $ NONE Amount paid on account, if any .................................... ............................... $ 2,674.93 * ** Amount due after deducting all just credits and offsets ...... ............................... $ 2 ,674.93 YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED to withhold sufficient monies held by you on the above described project to satisfy claimant's demand in the amount of $ 2,674.93 and in addition thereto sums sufficient to cover interest, court costs and reasonable costs of litigation, as provided by law. A bond (CIVIL CODE SECTION 3083) IS NOT _ attached. (Bond required with Stop lis /is 1701) Notice served on constructions lender on private jobs — bond not required on public jobs or on Stop Notice served on owner on private jobs). WESTBURNE SUPPLY, INC. d /b /a Date _ October 18, 1993 Na e of Claimant WESTBURNE PIPE & SUPPLY P.O. Box 5427 (Firm Name) - t /Mailing Address) San Diego, Ca iforn' 92165 -5427 Chaffin, Regional cc C3 Madeline Chaffin, Regional Credit Man m o 4a (Official Capacn, � C :) "a a � VERIFICATION oc.3aao oa000� 1, the undersigned, state: I am the Agent of ('Agent of'; "President of'; A Partner of'; "Owner o); ere.) the claimant named in the foregoing Stop Notice; I have read said claim of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my own knowledge. I certify (or delcare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on October 18. State of California REQUEST FOR NOTICE OF ELECTION (Private Works Only) If an election is made not to withhold funds pursuant to this stop notice by reason of a payment bond having been recorded in accordance with Sections 3235 or 3162, please send notice of such election and a copy of the bond within 30 days of such election in the enclosed preaddressed stamped envelope to the address of the claimant shown above. This information must be provided by you under Civil Code Sections 3159, 3161 or 3162. Signed: (Claimant must enclose self addressed stamped envelope) BICA FORM 4 (FSNOI) 1 /1/89, 5000 MFORM 107 STOP NOTICE LEGAL NOTICE TO WITHHOLD CONSTRUCTION FUNDS (Public or Private Work) TO ac � ECT: Utilit Yard Phase I ( alma o/ owner, public body or eonrtrW9011 fund h thr) '� ' :. NA Post Office Box 1768 Cc� (Addww. N directed to. bank or,<.Inp and loan em.. uw eddrs or brenri, halal* )I Addr•te Newport Beach CA 92663 41y� O Ne ort Beach, California Ielty. +ter• end alp) �, laity, ml, anal alp TAKE NOTICE THAT Greg J Buchanan Inc.' (Name o, the p.. or firm claiming the Stop notice. Lkenwd <•ntrwtote meet uw me namo under wh1ch conh.t.e. m.nw le bwwl whose address is 14700 Firestone Boulevard, Suite 103, La Mirada, California 90638 IAddrw of perm* pr fl rm el•Iminp a[op notice) has performed labor and furnished materials for a work of improvement described as follows: City of Newport Beach Utilities Yard Expansion, Phase I (Name and'ocation of the project where work or materials were furnished) The labor and materials furnished by claimant are of the following general kind: Construction of storm drain pipe, catch basin, and junction structure (Gerwbl d•crption of work and material, furnished) The labor and materials were furnished to or for the following party: K —W Western, Inc.; Sid Williams Sid Williams IN•me, of part,, who ordered the work or material,) The value of the whole amount of labor and materials agreed to be furnished is $ 4,033.32 (Total of •eerything claimant agreed or contracted to furnish) The value of the labor and materials furnished to date is $ 4,033.32 . Claimant has been paid (Total eahm of sim"thing actually furniMed by claimant) the sum of E —0— and there is'due, owing, and unpaid the sum of $ 4,033.32 together (Tool amount which has been paid to claimant) (Balance due m claimant on the project) with interest at the rate of 107 % per annum from 29 May lg 93 (IMereat ee apecified In contract a hour, Iegai red le 10%) (Dab when unpaid balance became tlwl You are required to set aside sufficient funds to satisfy this claim with interest. You are also notified that claimant claims an equitable lien agla, innfI ly construction furnds for this projectwhich are in your hands. �► FIRM By: f VERMCATION J. Buchanan, Inc. alamont - eee mnrvcnem tar dmlbl President muet don ham and I, the undersigned, say: I am the President the claimant of the foregoing 1••preeld•nt ol•' "Manager of" "A partner ol•' "Owno/ ol." Ott.) Stop Notice; I have read said Stop Notice and know the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on 13 October tg 93 at La Mirada California. (Data MI. document wee Waned) (hutwelf-aT)plty wh�etoP n!;p,iened) SIDE FOR FORM 191 — PUBLISHED By JileAfiliff, #an aa- 7055 OVERLAND AVENUE, LOS ANGELES, CAUFORNIA e003/ — (213) M'Tn5 01Rl a A3NH011V 1:1110A 110SN03'3800330Hd HUM USV 181100 ANV 3AVH OOA it r-i r N S T A 3 T Z O T T 0 m �o a m A r T r m m IV O c y :aldwexa 10; anoge aaS alnleu6!s a41 pue'pau6!s alaym A113 G41'alep a41 u1e1u03ISM uo!1e34;uan a4i'p!IeA aq 01 'lanamoH 'pazuelou aq 61 aney iou swop 1! 'emioplei ;0 aie1S a41 w pau6!s si 1! ;l 'Ainflad ;o Al}eued lapun uo!leleloap a s! s!µ1 :uo!ie3! ;!1aA A8 / �oyP A8 '03 DIZf1J313 NOSNHOf QIS aweN wyj (aweN U 0)MHSH0131HdOHd 310S AS '03 1V317H,L337[3 AQ33ds aweN wq j (aweN snoiMMIA) dIHSH0131HdOHd 3105 '03 IV31MI3313 NOSNHOf aweN wnj dIHSH3N1HVd AS 'ONI `00 IVOINIJ919 NHOf aweN w111 N011WUM103 :aldwexa aaS u6ls pinoys aaAoldwa 6m6euew e 10 ssawsnq 941 ;o laumo 941 'aweu snoml3!; a lapun ssau!snq Bwop 1ou 10 1aglagm 'dlyslolalldold alos a si w1!; ayi 11 "u6!s pinoys aaAoldwa'6ul6euew 10 1aulled a 'd!4siaulled a s! luew!el3 ayi ;I 'u6!s pinoys aaAoldwa 6w6euew 10 1831; ;o us 'uo!lelodlo3 a si a000u doss a41 10 luew!e13 a4l ;1 :alnleu6!S WHOA SIHI JNIAJIH3n ONV ONINJIS 803 SNOI10112i1S(d'Ig; . ±i ,pal!; aq isnw sl!ns aollou doll pus s0000u doss 4o!ym u! -41!m aw11 a41 inoge salnl leo!ugoal leuo!1!ppe }EaA9s ale a1a41 'saouelswn3l!3 le!3ads lapun :sluawalinbay leuoliippV 'luawanoldw!;o Mom ayi ;o uo!laldwoo a411ai ;e Asp 4i0Ht pug 4106 041 uaamlaq pal!; aq isnw 1!ns 'paplo3ai sem uo!{aldwoo ;o ao!lou ou p :1al;ea1a41 Asp 410Z1 pus 410E ayi uaamlaq pal!; aq isnw i!ns 'papio3a1 sem uo!ialdwoo ;o ao!lou a ;! iegl sueaw s!µ1 '1ai;ealayl sAep 06 ue41 alow 1ou 'pouad Usti s,31ueµ30w 841 ;o uo!lendxo a41 alo;aq pail; aq 1ou Am 1!nS 'pap; Auadoid s! 1!ns ssalun sa1!dxa a3!iou dols V :paHd aq isnW alln$ ,palnnbal si puoq ou'Apoq o!lgnd a uo 10 laumo a41 uo paruas s! aDriou aq] uagM spun; u6ilon11suo3 6u!plo4 lo13uo3 moi 10 monsa JO lapual uo!13n11suo3 a uo pa Nas sl a3!lou dols eql uaLlm pa1!nbal s! puoq V :pu0q aolloN dolS pew, pa! ;!11ao 10 palals!6a1 Aq pa"as aq pinoys a3!1ou Bois aq- :6d!{l A -spun; uoq.on11su0o 6ulplo(op µs{ygjo�•'�iq:' Wlua3: {ul0f 'lapual uoponlisuoo aqi ! 10 I41d. X4 6 ag1'411�n lapua pal!; aq Aew a3lloer ag1;'�hj'oiaa•},eAUd: ;a ayda_a41 UI 'ioejJu03 a4l papleme-oq laA!yfd- lcc.i, �!ri111To3; <pipoq 'luawlledep alelS a41 ;o- peayiaµl+ OC604a.4cl I- alels laylo ;o aseo ul -sNjoM 34gnd ;o 10138110 a41 41!m pap; aq lsnw amou a41 's1l1oM 3!lgnd ;o luau111eda0 ayi g6no1g1 10 Aq 13e17uo3 alelS e!wo;!le0 a ;o ase3 ayl ul -papleme sem 13e13u03 pelano aqi wogm Aq Apoq a41 ql!m 10 'loaf -old ayi uo sluawAed allew o1 s! i! Amp as04m 1a3!; ;o 6u!slnq -sip 3!}gnd Aue 10 '1oi!pne 'lallo11uo3 aql ql!m pal!; aq pinoys 1! 'qof 3llgnd a uo st 83110U dOis aµ1 ;t :al!d of a1agM w!elo a3llou doss ayi A;sl{es 01 AauOw 1uaMillns ploµµl!m isnw laploq pun; 10 laumo a41 :031.10N doiS 10 130143 ,uoilaldwo3 ;o a3aou ayi 6u!pom jails sAep OE u1411m pap; aq isnw a3!lou dols aq1 'ase3 1e41 ul 'uoU81dw03 ;O aonou a splooaJ laumo 041 ssalun'luawanoidwl ;o Mom anlua ayi 10 u0!laldwoo a41 jails sAep 06 wgwu pales aq isnw aauou doss ayi 1e41 sueaw s!41 sua!I ";Ue,goaw 6u!p1o3a1 1o; poilad ayi se awes a41 s! saotlou doss 6uq!; 10; popad ayi :6w HA 1o; awll S30110N dO1S 1f108V NOIIVWUO:IN1 3 F' ; SN } 1 -I S- ; p'• i ° -113 � �` { o +� 0 rn I t I 1 N S T A 3 T Z O T T 0 m �o a m A r T r m m IV O c y :aldwexa 10; anoge aaS alnleu6!s a41 pue'pau6!s alaym A113 G41'alep a41 u1e1u03ISM uo!1e34;uan a4i'p!IeA aq 01 'lanamoH 'pazuelou aq 61 aney iou swop 1! 'emioplei ;0 aie1S a41 w pau6!s si 1! ;l 'Ainflad ;o Al}eued lapun uo!leleloap a s! s!µ1 :uo!ie3! ;!1aA A8 / �oyP A8 '03 DIZf1J313 NOSNHOf QIS aweN wyj (aweN U 0)MHSH0131HdOHd 310S AS '03 1V317H,L337[3 AQ33ds aweN wq j (aweN snoiMMIA) dIHSH0131HdOHd 3105 '03 IV31MI3313 NOSNHOf aweN wnj dIHSH3N1HVd AS 'ONI `00 IVOINIJ919 NHOf aweN w111 N011WUM103 :aldwexa aaS u6ls pinoys aaAoldwa 6m6euew e 10 ssawsnq 941 ;o laumo 941 'aweu snoml3!; a lapun ssau!snq Bwop 1ou 10 1aglagm 'dlyslolalldold alos a si w1!; ayi 11 "u6!s pinoys aaAoldwa'6ul6euew 10 1aulled a 'd!4siaulled a s! luew!el3 ayi ;I 'u6!s pinoys aaAoldwa 6w6euew 10 1831; ;o us 'uo!lelodlo3 a si a000u doss a41 10 luew!e13 a4l ;1 :alnleu6!S WHOA SIHI JNIAJIH3n ONV ONINJIS 803 SNOI10112i1S(d'Ig; . ±i ,pal!; aq isnw sl!ns aollou doll pus s0000u doss 4o!ym u! -41!m aw11 a41 inoge salnl leo!ugoal leuo!1!ppe }EaA9s ale a1a41 'saouelswn3l!3 le!3ads lapun :sluawalinbay leuoliippV 'luawanoldw!;o Mom ayi ;o uo!laldwoo a411ai ;e Asp 4i0Ht pug 4106 041 uaamlaq pal!; aq isnw 1!ns 'paplo3ai sem uo!{aldwoo ;o ao!lou ou p :1al;ea1a41 Asp 410Z1 pus 410E ayi uaamlaq pal!; aq isnw i!ns 'papio3a1 sem uo!ialdwoo ;o ao!lou a ;! iegl sueaw s!µ1 '1ai;ealayl sAep 06 ue41 alow 1ou 'pouad Usti s,31ueµ30w 841 ;o uo!lendxo a41 alo;aq pail; aq 1ou Am 1!nS 'pap; Auadoid s! 1!ns ssalun sa1!dxa a3!iou dols V :paHd aq isnW alln$ ,palnnbal si puoq ou'Apoq o!lgnd a uo 10 laumo a41 uo paruas s! aDriou aq] uagM spun; u6ilon11suo3 6u!plo4 lo13uo3 moi 10 monsa JO lapual uo!13n11suo3 a uo pa Nas sl a3!lou dols eql uaLlm pa1!nbal s! puoq V :pu0q aolloN dolS pew, pa! ;!11ao 10 palals!6a1 Aq pa"as aq pinoys a3!1ou Bois aq- :6d!{l A -spun; uoq.on11su0o 6ulplo(op µs{ygjo�•'�iq:' Wlua3: {ul0f 'lapual uoponlisuoo aqi ! 10 I41d. X4 6 ag1'411�n lapua pal!; aq Aew a3lloer ag1;'�hj'oiaa•},eAUd: ;a ayda_a41 UI 'ioejJu03 a4l papleme-oq laA!yfd- lcc.i, �!ri111To3; <pipoq 'luawlledep alelS a41 ;o- peayiaµl+ OC604a.4cl I- alels laylo ;o aseo ul -sNjoM 34gnd ;o 10138110 a41 41!m pap; aq lsnw amou a41 's1l1oM 3!lgnd ;o luau111eda0 ayi g6no1g1 10 Aq 13e17uo3 alelS e!wo;!le0 a ;o ase3 ayl ul -papleme sem 13e13u03 pelano aqi wogm Aq Apoq a41 ql!m 10 'loaf -old ayi uo sluawAed allew o1 s! i! Amp as04m 1a3!; ;o 6u!slnq -sip 3!}gnd Aue 10 '1oi!pne 'lallo11uo3 aql ql!m pal!; aq pinoys 1! 'qof 3llgnd a uo st 83110U dOis aµ1 ;t :al!d of a1agM w!elo a3llou doss ayi A;sl{es 01 AauOw 1uaMillns ploµµl!m isnw laploq pun; 10 laumo a41 :031.10N doiS 10 130143 ,uoilaldwo3 ;o a3aou ayi 6u!pom jails sAep OE u1411m pap; aq isnw a3!lou dols aq1 'ase3 1e41 ul 'uoU81dw03 ;O aonou a splooaJ laumo 041 ssalun'luawanoidwl ;o Mom anlua ayi 10 u0!laldwoo a41 jails sAep 06 wgwu pales aq isnw aauou doss ayi 1e41 sueaw s!41 sua!I ";Ue,goaw 6u!p1o3a1 1o; poilad ayi se awes a41 s! saotlou doss 6uq!; 10; popad ayi :6w HA 1o; awll S30110N dO1S 1f108V NOIIVWUO:IN1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 -8915 (714) 644 -3005 -/ ql l-4 �j lC 2C�Zla ZGy� TO: FINANCE DIRECTOR FROM: CITY CLERK DATE: November 30, 1992 SUBJECT: Contract No. C- 2879-C Description of Contract General Construction for the Utility Yard Exl)ansion Phase I Effective date of Contract November 30, 1992 Authorized by Minute Action, approved on October 26� 1992 - Contract with K -W Western Inc. Address P.O. Box 7308 Newport Beach CA 92660 Amount of Contract $870,130.00 4�-q 4e Wanda E. Raggio City Clerk WER:pm Attachment 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach NOTICE TO INVITING BIDS ' SEALED BIDS MAY BE RECEIVED AT THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK, 3300 NEWPORT BOULEVARD, P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92659 -1768 UNTIL 10:00 A.M. ON THE 15TH DAY OF OCTOBER 1992, AT ' WHICH TIME SUCH BIDS SHALL BE OPENED AND READ FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FOR THE UTILITY YARD EXPANSION ' PHASE I TITLE OF PROJECT �J i i I I V C- 2879 -C CONTRACT NO. $ 957.000.00 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE \LrFOR�/ APPROVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL THIS 28 DAY OF SEPTEMBER , 1992 WANDA E. X WGIO CITY CLERK PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS MAY OBTAIN ONE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS AT NO COST AT THE OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, 3300 NEWPORT BOULEVARD, P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92659 -1768 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CALL JEFF STANEART AT (714) 644 -3011 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH UTILITIES DEPARTMENT i UTILITY YARD EXPANSION PHASE I ' CONTRACT NO. C- 2879 -C PROPOSAL To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach ' 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92659 -1768 ' Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the ' I location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the city and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. C- 2879 =C in accord with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take full ..payment.therefore the following.lump sum price for work, complete in place to wit: ' l BASE BID 1 1. Lump Sum 1 1 l J ,i Utility Yard Expansion Phase I for the lum ' sum. price of �aht Hundred and SixtYHunjre and Sixty dollars $ 860,000.00 Thousand dollars Page 1 of 4 • • The following separate cost breakdown prices are included in the base bid lump sum amount shown above. Item No. Unit Description Price Total 1. Site Paving 31221 Curbs /Gutters & Concrete 31634 Slab Areas Stripping and Marking 11 IS ' Bunkers tn7gn Gates & Operators .22FFn All Other Site Items inZ ?12 ' LUMP • TOTAL'SITE WORK SUM dollars $2w)22 2. Building Masonry 6885 #2 Framing 7068 (north Roofing 791 section) Mechanical 0 Plumbing 0- Electrical ' All Other Building Items tt5t� ' TOTAL BUILDING #2 (N. SECT.) LUMP SUM 30610. dollars $ 3. Building Masonry 11670 #2 Framing 4500 (south Roofing 2938 section) Mechanical. 4338. Plumbing 1797. Electrical 4300 All Other Building Items 2232T ' TOTAL BUILDING #3 (SOUTH SECT.) LUMP SUM dollars $51868 4. Building Masonry 65860 #3 Framing 33954 t Roofing 7368 Mechanical 5338 Plumbing 7980 J Electrical 6069 ' All Other Building Items 91119 TOTAL BUILDING #3 LUMP SUM ' dollars $217688 Page 2 of 4 t 1 5. Building Masonry 55590 #4 Framing 12878 Roofing 10095 Mechanical 8954 Plumbing 10040 . Electrical 12148 ' All Other Building Items 182201 TOTAL BUILDING #4 LUMP SUM ' dollars $291096 ' 6. Building #5 Masonry 3000 Framing 618 (west Roofing 408 section) Mechanical 4719 Plumbing 6420 '] J Electrical 6050 All Other Building Items 46091 TOTAL BUILDING #5 (WEST SECTION) LUMP SUM dollars $67306 ALTERNATE BID ITEMS - The following costs are to be added or deducted as indicated from base bid lump sum amount. l ' J 1. Lump Sum Item No. 1 Metal Stud Framing. Furnish and Install for the price of: Add 1 J dollars $ 0 Deduct 2. Lump Sum Item No. 2 Metal Door and Window Frames. Furnish and Install for the price of: ' Add dollars $4;180 .Deduct ' J 3. Lump Sum Item No. 3 Athletic surface. Furnish and Install for the price of: Add dollars $2,500 Deduct 4. Lump Sum Item No. 4 New Hoist. Furnish and Install for the price of: Add dollars $ 3,450 Deduct ' I declare under penalty of perjury that all representation made above are true and correct.* *Effective January 1, 1990, Business and Professional Code Section 7028.15 provides that any bid not containing the above requested information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non - responsive and shall be ' rejected. Page 3 of 4 CA 343174 B 10 -31 -93 K -W Western, Inc. Contractor's License Expiration Date (Bidder Name) No. & Classification (714) 252 -8741 Bidder's Telephone No. Authorized Signature /Title October 14, 1992 Keith Williams, President P.0_ Rox 7309, Newport BeaCh._CA 92660 Date Bidder's Address Page 4 of 4 MSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • Page 2 MW The following documents shall be completed, executed and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS, L PROPOSAL 2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) 4. BIDDER'S BOND (sum not less than 10% of total bid price) 5. NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 6. TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES except that cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10% of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the Bidder's Bond. The title of the project and the words "SEALED BID" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of bid totals. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and. omissions in the PROPOSAL. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to.be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract.: A copy of said determination is available in the office of the City Clerk. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 inclusive). The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code for all apprenticeable occupations. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized,by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. CA 343174 Conti s Lic. No. do Classification October 14, 1992 Date K -W Western Inc. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title ' • Page 3 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS) State law requires. the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in. an si amount in. excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. ' The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that . bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. Subcontract Work Subcontractor Address ■ J 1. Paving Beach Costa Mesa ' 2 Concrete K.W. Santa; Ana 'i J ,.] 1J 11 3. Steel SSF Stanton Masonry Ramirez Azuza 5 Glass & Frames Model Glass Costa Mesa g.Overhead Doors Coast Door Norwalk 7. Roof Vance Costa Mesa 8 Lath & Plaster Camarillo Santa Ana Plumbing Roscoe Placentia 0. V. A. C. Ultimate Orange 11 Sheet Metal Liberty Costa Mesa 12 Electrical Williams r K -W Western, Inc. Bidder Costa Mesa A ehet�h WI amsre/PTYelsident 1 • • Page 3 DESIGNATION of SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of .one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in ' accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law.. K -W Western, Inc. ' Bidder Authorized Signature/Title Keith Williams, President Subcontract Work Subcontractor Address t 1. Cabinets West Coast Baldwin Park 2 Metal Gates McCullah Be11.Gardens 3 Hoist Crane Systems Escondido ' q. Paint Carbo Hawthorne S Grading Clegg Anaheim 6 Acoustic Granny Huntington Beach 7. K -W Western, Inc. ' Bidder Authorized Signature/Title Keith Williams, President . • • Page 4 BIDDER'S BOND BOND #7083400 -5 PREMIUM: NIL KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, ' That we, K.W. WESTERN, INC. as bidder, and THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, California, in the sum of TEN PERCENT OF AMOUNT BID Dollars 1 ($ IO% ), lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH, ' That if the proposal of the above bounden bidder for the construction of UTILITY YARD EXPANSION PHASE I C- 2879 -C 'Title of Project Contract No. in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and if the above bounden bidder shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construction and shall execute and deliver to said City the "Payment" and "Faithful Performance" contract bonds described in the Specifications within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays) after the date of the mailing of Notice of Award to the above bounded bidder by and from said City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be forfeited to the said City. 'In the event that any bidder above narned executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such bidder shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 7TH day of OCTOBER 19 92. (Attach acknowledgement of K.W. WESTERN, INC. _ Attorney -in -Fact) Bidder Notary Public Authorized Signature /Title THE : AFRICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Commission Expires Surety DAVID L. C B RTSON By: L Title: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT 1 State of CALIFORNIA On OCTOBER 7, 1992 before me, the undersigned, lss. a Notary Public of said county and state, personally appeared County of ORANGE I DAVID L. CULBERTSON , personally known to me to be the Attorney -in -Fact of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Karen Chandler the Corporation that executed the within instrument, and known U Cctn-t. - C595C2 U to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on behalf of the Corporation therein named. and acknowledged to 2 %�z- ° 0 me that such Corporation executed the same. 1f IFOJ. • ray c0.i..T., l .'- :� '. ?i. i . •• 1 �r �- NCITARV PUBS ' CF,NERAL Af tµ'OR oY WERICAN INSURANCE COMPA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a Corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey on February 20, 1846, and redomesticated to the State of Nebraska on June 1, 1990, and having its principal office in the City of Omaha, State of Nebraska, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint DAVID L. CULBERTSON, LINDA L. CULBFE 7RTSO(N, DIANA LASKOWSKI, CHARLES L. FLAKE and KAREN CHANDLER, jointly or severally itsQ n3iawiful Atforney(s) -in- Fact, with full power and authority herebyconfertedinitsname, placeandstead, touecute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertaking, recognirances or other written obligations in the nature thereof 1 and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s) -in -Fact may do in the premises. This power of attorney is granted pursuant to Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of By -laws of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY now in full force and effect. "Article VII. Appointment and Authority of Resident Secretaries, Attomeys4er -Fact secl Agents to accept Legal Process sad Make Appearances. 'Section 45. Appointment. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vic Presideat or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice- Presidenl may, from time to time, appoint Resident Assistant Secretaries and Attomeys -in -Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Corporation and Agents to accept legal process and make appearances for and on behalf of the Corporation. 'Section 46. Authority. The authority of such Resident Assistant Secretaries, Attorneys -ia -Fact and Agents shall be as prescr+.bed'n the instmmeut evidencing their appointment. Any such appointment and all authority granted thereby may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors or by any person empowered to make such appointment:' 'This power of attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 31st day of July, 1984,and said Resolutionhas not been amended or repealed: "RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice - President, Assistant Secretary, and Reddent Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, and the seal of this Corporation may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attomeg or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and birding upon the C=oration" IN WITNESS t1 HEREOF, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice - President, and its corporate seal to ' be hereunto a:lxed this 24th day of May 19 91 ' THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY By vva- P:md�nr STATE OF CALIFORNIA �. COUNTY OF MAKIN On this day of -� _*,fa 19 ,19 I before me personally came R. D. Farnsworth :e me kno +n, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is Vice - President of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the Corporation described in and which executed the above instrument that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seat affixed to the said instrument is such corporate serf; that w - -s so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation and that he signed his name thereto by Like order. IN W ITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written. OFFICIAL SEAL J. M. VANDEVORT NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA Principal Mfice in Marin County My Comm'mion Expires Aug. 29, 1"2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ' COUNTY OF MARIN a. CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a NEBRASKA Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing-and attached POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore (bat Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of the 'By -laws oRhe Corporation, and the Resolution of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 7TH day of OCTOBER 19'92 aeade Ama... Scare y '1 i, i, :1 I, I LJ • Page 5 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVrr The bidder, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time of filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths, say that neither they nor any of them have, in any way, directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has paid or is to pay to such bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has given or is to give to such other bidder or public officer anything of value whatever; or such affiant or affiants or either of them has not directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder or bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no bid has been accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository, the bylaws, rules or regulations of which prohibit or prevent the bidder from considering any bid from any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman from submitting bids to a bidder who does not use the facilities of or accept bids from or through such bid depository; that no inducement of any form or character other than -that which appears upon the face of the bid will be suggested, offered, paid or delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the acceptance of the said bid or awarding of the contract; nor has the bidder any agreement or understanding of any kind whatsoever with any person whomsoever to pay, deliver to, or share with an other person in any way or manner, any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by this bid. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 14 day of October 1992. My Commission Expires: ' December 11, 1992 I i1 l K -W Western Inc. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title Notary Public I' 1 ' K -W Western Inc. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title J • • Page 6 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES The undersigned submits herewith a statement of the work of similar character to t that proposed herein which he has performed and successfully completed. j' Year Completed For Whom Performed (Detail) Person to Contact Telephone No. 92 Huntington Beach Union High School District Ed Baker (714) 536 -7521 ' 92 Ralphs Grocery Company Tom Sutton (310) 603 -2833 91 Downey Savings And Loan Ed Ritter (714) 854 -3100 90 City Of Newport Horst Hlawaty (714) 644 -3311 I' 1 ' K -W Western Inc. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title J I 11 I NOTICE I 1 Page 7 The following contract documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date of mailing Notice of Award to the successful bidder: PAYMENT BOND (pages 8 & 9) FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND (pages 10 & 11) CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE & ENDORSEMENTS (pages 12,13 &14) CONTRACT (pages 15 & 16) The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these contract documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Payment and Faithful Performance Bonds shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. Insurance Companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VIII (or largger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide; Property - Casualty, except as modified by the Special Provisions. All costs associated with the specifications of these contract documents shall be absorbed in the bid. Such specifications shall include those contained in (1) each contract document and (2) the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. EXECUTED IN FOUR COUNIOTS PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALI, MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Page 8 BONDII 1127180088 PREMIUM: INCLUDED IN PERFORMANCE BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted October 26, 1992 has awarded to K -W Western, Inc.' hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, C- 2879 -C in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon,'for; or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, TITEREFORE, We K.W. WESTERN, INC. as Principal, and___THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of i glif. lhwlnid and Seventy Thousand One Ilundred Dollars($ 870,130.00 ) Thirty dollars and no/105 said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the contract; for which payment well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work br labor, that the Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. Page 8 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, r by motion adopted October 26, 1992 has awarded to K -W Western, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, C- 2879 -C in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and i' Specifications and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; ' WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any ;.' materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or. for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: ' NOW, THEREFORE, We ' as Principal, as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Eight Hundred and Seventy Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($ 870,130.00 ), Thirty dollars and no /100 ' said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by. the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the contract; for which payment well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or ' assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code. with respect to such work or labor; that the Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable ' attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. I • The bond shall inure .to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond as required by the provisions of Section 3247 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. N WnNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 29TH day of I OCTOBER 1992 N BY K -W Western, Inc. (Seal) Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized Signature and Title THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY ,(Seal) Name of Surety P.O. BOX 1975, SANTA ANA, CA 92702 Add re Tel Surety BY Signature and Title of Authorized Ae nt DIANA LASKOWSKI / ATTORNEY - 5500 E. SANTA ANA CANYON RD Address of Agent 14) 921 -0530 FACT STE. 201, ANAHEIM, CA 92807 State of CALIFORNIA County of ORANGE I� cn q, in_,E)r if Cn.::'a. �. X502 `•?:••• -id ^y ia.i.'.. :. CUIFOAN!Al'1 =co_v 7, v \, 7" tfy Cc n i „tres ( "ar 27, 1E9E`� On OCTOBER 29, 1992 , before me, the undersigned, ss. a Notary Public of said county and state, personally appeared DIANA LASKOWSKI personally known to me to be the Attorney -in -Fact of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY the Corporation that executed the within instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on behalf of the Corporation therein named, and acknowledged to me that such Corporation executed the same. GEGENERAL ERAL AAMERICAN INSURANCE COMP KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a Corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey on February 20, 1846, and redomesticated to the State of Nebraska on June 1, 1990, and having its principal office in the City of Omaha, State of Nebraska, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint DAVID L. CULBERT SON, LINDA L. CULBERTSON, DIANA LASKOWSKI, CHARLES L. FLAKE and KAREN CHANDLER, jointly or severally itstnie n Qfrl Aitorney(s)- in- Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, placcand stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertaking, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof ____ ____________ __________________- __ and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorneys) -in -Fact may do in the premises. This power of attomey is granted pursuant to Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of By -laws of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY now in full force and effect. "Article VII. Appointment and Authority of Resident Secretaries, Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to accepf Legal Process and Make Appearances. Section 45. Appointment. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice - President may, from time to time, appoint Resident Assistant Secretaries Rod Attorneys -in -Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Corporation and Agents to accept legal process and make appearances for and on behalf of the Corporation. Section 46. Authority. The authority of such Resident Assistant Secretaries, Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents shall be ss prescribed in the instrument evidencing their appointment. Any such appointment and all authority granted thereby may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors or by any person empowered to make such appointment." This power of attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 31st day of July, 1984, and said Resolution has not been amended or repealed: "RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice - President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, and the seal of this Corporation may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice - President, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed this 24th dayof May , 19 91 YC9 +�. • i +; , THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY By VimPrNdcol STATE OF CALIFORNIA ss. COUNTY OF MARIN to this _o n, who dayof ly 3r 19 �]_, before f personally came R. D. Farnsworth to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is Vice - President of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the Corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation and that he signed his time thereto by like order. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written. OFFICIAL SEAL I % J. M. VANDEVORT ? V NOTARY PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA Nw rweus Principal Office in Marin County Mr Canimbsion Expires Aug. 28. 1992 = CERTIFICATE ■III11111NIIII II IIN11I11111111111111NIII1111111111gill" STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF MARIN I, the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a NEBRASKA Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full forceand has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of the By -laws of the Corporation, and the Resolution of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 29TH day of OCTOBER , 19 92 LRcvdent Amwvl S. Vgq I 360711- TA -6 -90 (REV) ' Page 9 The bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, coanies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil mpCode so as to give a right of action. t6 them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond as ' required by the provisions of Section 3247 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. .1 And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to ' be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in. any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change; extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual, E it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of ;19 K -W Western, Inc. (Seal) Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized Sgi nature and Title Keith Williams, President ' Authorized Signature and Title (Seal) Name of Surety Address of Surety Signature and Title of Authorized Agent Address of Agent Telephone Number of Agent ' -j i J EXECUTED IN &OURWERPARTS FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Page 10 BOND# 11127180088 PREMIUM: $9,146.00 WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted October 26, 1992 has awarded to K -W Western, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for General Construction for the Utilityjard Expansion, Phase I, C- 2879 -C in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance of said contract; NOW, THEREFORE, We, K.W. WESTERN, INC. as Principal THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held and firmly found unto the City of Newport Beach, in the -sum of Fight Hundred and Seventy Thousand One Hundred DoI]_,rs ($ A70 1N,00 ). Thirty dollars and no /100 said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.I THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and. shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. ' i . �• y Page 10 1 1 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted October 26, 1992 has awarded to K -W Western Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for General Construction fo: the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, C- 2879 -C in the City of Newport Beach; in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; ' WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance ' of said contract; NOW, THEREFORE, We, ' as Principal ' . as Surety, are. held and firmly found unto the City. of Newport Beach,. in the sum of Fight Hundred and Seventy Thousand One Hundred DolLk,s($ R70 130.00 )• Thirty dollars and no /100 3 said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if. the above bounden Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the ' I covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at t the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and. shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. 0 r Page 11 And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying th e same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 29TH day of OCTOBER 1992. K -W Western, Inc. (Seal) Name of Contractor (Principal) BY: Y ` Authorized Signature and Title Keith Williams, President Authorized Signature and Title THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY (Seal) . Name of Surety P.O. BOX 1975, SANTA ANA, CA 92702 Address of Surety BY: -1 C•Cri, -C ., �� Signature and Title of Authorized Agent DIANA LASKOWSKI / ATTORNEY -IN -FACT 5500 E. SANTA ANA CANYON RD.,ISTE. 201, ANAHEIM, CA Address of Agent 92807 (714) 921 -0530 Telephone Number of Agent State of CALIFORNIA On OCTOBER 29, 1992 , before me, the undersigned, County of ORANGE �ss. a Notary Public of said county and state, personally appeared DIANA LASKOWSKI personally known to me to be the Attorney -in -Fact of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY , ^� Ram 0„ f'00 filar p v c iv ta�a-- 27, 111S• the Corporation that executed the within instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed the said instrument on behalf of the Corporation therein named, and acknowledged to me that such Corporation executed the same. GENERAL - POWEROF ATTORNEY TIWERICAN INSURANCE COMPA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a Corporation incorporated under the laws of the Slate of New Jersey on February 20, 1846, and redomesticated to the State of Nebraska on June I, 1990, and having its principal office in the City of Omaha, State of Nebraska, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint DAVID L. CULBERTSON, LINDA L. CULBERTSON, DIANA LASKOWSKI, CHARLES L. FLAKE and KAREN CHANDLER, jointly or severally IutTUNO I6W f u1 Om ney(s) -In -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in in name, place and stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, undertaking, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation and duly attested by Its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s) -in -Fact may do in the premises. This power of attorney Is granted pursuant to Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of By -laws of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY now in full force and effect, "Article V il. Appointment and Authodfy of Resident Secretaries, At1omeya-I0 -Fncf and Agents fo accept Legs]Process and Make Appearances. Section 45. Appointment. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice- President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice- President may, from time to time, appoint Resident Assistant fiecrriarfes Mild Altornays -In -Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Corporation and Agents to accept legal process and make appearances for and on behalf of the Corporation. Section 46. Authodfy. The authority of such Resident Assistant Secretaries, Attomeys -In -Fact and Agents shall be as prescribed In the fnstmmenl evidencing their appointment. Any such appointment and all authority &mated (hereby may be revoked at any lime by the Board of Directors or by any person empowered to make such appointment." This power of attorney Is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 31st day of July, 1984, and said Resolution has not been amended or repealed: "RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice - President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, and the seal of this Corporation may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile, and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice- President, and its corporate seal to be hereunto Affixed this 24th dayof May , 19 91 . •�hlhC[,Lap ` STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF MARIN n THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Onthis _241,h _ day of Ma 3r 19 -41,_. before me personally creme R. U. Farnsworth to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is Vice - President of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the Corporation described in and which executed the above instmment; that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instmment is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation and that he signed his time thereto by like order. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year herein first above written. OFFICIAL SEAL J, M. VANDEVORT NOTARY PUBLIC • CALIFORNIA Principal Office In Marin County My Gmnbdon fxpins Aug. 20, 199I STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF MARIN f. CERTIFICATE rvo„rr wblic L the undersigned, Resident Assistant Secretary of THE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a NEBRASKA Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full for= and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of the By -laws of the Corporation, and the Resolution of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. Signed and sealed at the County of Marin. Dated the 29TH dayof OCTOBER 19 92 a/ r, I Jv{ vvL(�CO� 360711 -TA -6.90 (REV) L�'yyV Arudcnt Aav,un, SLaeerr — 1 Pagel l ' And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive 1 notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of .19_ 1 1 K -W Western, Inc. (Seal) Name of Contractor (Principal) 1 i Authorized Signature and Title Keith Williams, President t Authorized Signature and Title Is ' (Seal) Name of Surety ;, 1 Address Signature and Title of Authorized Agent Address of Agent 1 Telephone Number of Agent It Il 1.; • • Page 12 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PRODUCER COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE Eastman & Co. Insurance Brokers COMPANY 3030 Saturn St. #204 LETTER A Scottsdale Insurance Co. Brea, CA 92621 COMPANY B LETTER INSURED K -W Western Inc. P.O. Box 7308 COMPANY C Newport Beach, CA 92660 LETTER COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS. AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AND IS NOT AMENDED. EXTENDED OR ALTERED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTNE EXPIRATION) ALL LIMITS IN THOUSANDS L DATE DATE I GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE f (OCCUPAHCE BASIS ONLY) 1,000 COMMERCIAL GLS473678 1/11/9 PRODUCTSICOMPLETED f 1,000 A COMPREHENSIVE 1/11/9 OPERATIONS AGGREGATE & CONTRACTORS ®OWNERS PROTECTIVE PERSONAL INJURY S 1 00p © CONTRACTUAL FOR SPECIFIC CONTRACT -$l © PROOUCTS /COMPL OPER XCU HAZARDS ® CH OCCURANC£ EACH QQO ® BROAD FORM PROP, DAMAGE C] SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST FIRE DAMAGE WNY ONE FIRE) f 50,000 CLAUSE ® PERSONAL INJURY W TH EMPLOYEE EXCUISION MEDICAL EXPENSES S REMOVED I (ANYONE PERSON) 1 Not Covered MARINE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED S COMPREHENSIVE SINGLE LIMIT BODILY INJURY f OWNED (PER PERSON) BODILY INJURY f HIRED (PER ACCIDENT) NON -OWNED PROPERTY S DAMAGE EXCESS LIABILITY EACH AGGREGATE UMBRELLA FORM OCCURRENCE. I 'l._.J OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM f S STATUTORY WORKERS' COMPENSATION S EACH ACCIDENT AND S DISEASE POLICY LIMIT EMPLOYERS' LIAMUTY DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE M I LONGSHOREMEN'S AND HAR80R IS I WORKERS' COMPENSATION STATUTORY i c DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS /LOCATIONSNEHICLES /RESTRICTIONS /SPECIAL ITEMS. ALL OPERATIONS PERFORMED FOR THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOLLOWING CONTRACT: C- 2879 -C �— General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion. Phase I PROJECT TITLE AND CONTRACT NUMBER CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE NON - RENEWED. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CANCELLED OR COVERAGE REDUCED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THE P.O. BOX 1768 COMPANY AFFOR¢NC COVERAGE HALL PROVIDE 30 DAYS MIN. ADVANCE 3300 NEWPORT BLVD. NOTICE TO TH OF NERAD CH BY REGISTERED MAIL // y NEWPORT BEACH, CA. 92658-8915 'TTY ATTENTION j /�Lli'�LO I AUTHOWZEO REP SENT " E DATE INSURED: K -W Western Inc. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS ILOCATIONSNEHICLESISPECIAL ITEMS - (Continued): the named insured in connection with the following contract: Project: General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I C- 2879 -C STATE. • P.O. BOX 42otio7, SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94142-0807 COMPISNAATION IFUND NGURANCH CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE OCT08ER 30.r 1992 �" POLICY NUMBER. 008-174 92 CERTIFICATE EXPIRES: 4-1`93 r CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BUSINESS LICENSE OEPARTXENT P101 3Ok1 1 768 NEWPORT BEACHr CA 92659 -1768 :)Pr_RAT10NS L This is to certify that we have issued a valid Workers' Compensation insurance policy in a form approved by the California liuurance Commissioner to the employer named below for the policy period indicated. This policy Is not subject to cancellation by the fund except upon ten days advance written notice to the employer, We will also give you TEN days' advance notice should this policy be cancelled prior to its normal expiration. This certificate of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the Coverage afforded by the policies listed herein, Notwithstanding any requirement, term, or condition of any contract or other document with respect. to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies. le V10" MYC PRESIDENT nov - 3.1992 K -W WESTERN, INC. EMPLOYER 'r K -W 'WESTERN. ,inc. Ng60X. 7308 PORT .8iACH,, CALIFORNIA 9266.1 L 1% o, CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PRODUCER COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A 1 LETTER COMPANY B INSURED :LETTER 1 COMPANY �^ LETTER. COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSUF'ANCE U.STED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR TFiE POLICY P£RIOO INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REOUIREVENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTA:ti THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TIFPMS, i EXCUUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AND 0 NOT AMENDED. EXTENDED OR ALTERED BY THIS CERTIFICATE CID TYPE OF INSURANCE I 1 EFFEC" -'E j EPIRATIONI ALL LIMITS IN THOUSANDS POLICY NUMBER IV ! DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY i f I I GENERAL AGGREGATE _ (OOCURANCE BASIS ONLY) COMMERCIAL PORA COMPREHENSIVE � OPERATIONS AGGREGATE & CONTRACTORS ❑ OWNERS PERSONAL INJURY '1 S ❑ CONTRACTUAL FOR SPECIFIC ! I ' i ❑ CON UC SICOMPL OPEPL ! ❑ XCU HAZARDS EACH OCCURANCE S 1 ❑ BRMD FORM PROP. DAMAGE; ❑ SEVERABIUTY OF INTEREST FIRE DAMAGE 5 CLAUSE i 'ANY ONE FIRE) ❑ PERSONAL INJURY WITH + EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION MEDICAL EXPENSES i 5 REMOVED yYVY ONE PERSON) MARINE AUTOMOBILE UABIUTY I COMBINED COMPREHENSIVE j SINGLE LIM IT J BODILY INJ'JRV N 5 OWNED (PER PERSON) + I SODILYINJURY i 1 HIRED .. (PEP ACCIDENT) . ❑NON -OWNED I ! , S PROPERTY DAMAGE EXCESS LIABILITY i j EACH 1 AGAR= ATE UMBRELLA FORM I i Ij{ OCCURRENCE OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM j I JiI is S 111111 STATUTORY WORKERS' COMPENSATION S EACH ACgQE M D I I S DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DISEASE EACH EMPLOYEE LONGSHOREMEN'S AND HARBOR; I WORKERS' COMPENSATION J STATUTORY OF OPERAnONSfLOCATIONyVEH!CLES /RESTRICTIONS /SPECIAL ITEMS, ALL OPERATIONS PERFORMED FOR THE CITY OF NEWPORT IDESCRIPTION BEACH BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOLLOWING CONTRACT: -Genera rnnctnirtinn for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I C- 2879 -C PROJECT TITLE AND CONTRACT NUMBER CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION jSHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE NON - RENEWED. CRY OF NEWPORT BEACH CANCELLED OR COVERAGE REDUCED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THE P.O. BOX 1768 COMPANY AFFORDING COVERAGE SHALL PROVIDE 30 DAYS MIN. ADVANCE 3300 NEWPORT BLVD. NOTICE TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY REGISTERED MAIL NEWPORT BEACH, CA. 92658 -8915 ATTENTION; AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ISSUE OATS 1% o, I CITY OP NL'WWRT VEACI rage 13 AWIOMCMVE LIABILITY I tSEMENT It is agreed. that: 1. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Automobile Liability, the City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees are additional insureds, but only with respect to liability for damages arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of automobiles (or autos) used by or on behalf of the named Insured In connection with the contract designated below. The insurance extended by this endorsement to said additional Insured does not apply to bodily In or property damage arising out of automobiles (1) owned by or registered in the name of an additional Insured, or (2) le ses or rented by an additional insured, or (3) operated by an additional insured. The Insurance aJ�urded said additional Insured(s) shall apply as primary insurance and no other Insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach shall be called upon to contribute with insurance provided by this policy. 2. The policy Includes the following provision: 'The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of liability of the company affording coverage." 3. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insureds named in Paragraph 1. of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multiple Limits or Single Limit: I�Q Multiple Limits /J Bodily Injury Liability $_�S(7t [�C7 y per person Bodily Injury Liability $_ ��Q_Qr.� Q!_)xr accident Property Damage Liability $r 8� -�- Combin Ingle Limit Bodily ury Liability $ an Property Dam a Liability The limits of liability as stated In this endorsement shall not increase the total liability of the company affording coverage for all damages as the result of any one accident or occurrence in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to Automobile Liability Insurance. C Should the policy be non - renewed, cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof, the Issuing Company shall provide 30 days advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works 13eparunent. t (:-21179-C 5. Designated Contract: General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I (Project Title and Contract No.) This cndorseir enl is effective It 7/ at 12:01 A.M. and forms part of r � • Iii -r (Company Affording Coverage) Issuing Company By_ A ( J otlzed H p cscu calve)' 91728 INSURINCS Rancho Viejo Hand #119 Sr!:' Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 (1',t I `L. 10 44,12 ' CEI Page 13 OF NEWPORT BEACH AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT It is.agreed that: I. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Automobile Liability, the City of ' Newport Beach, its officers and employees are additional insureds, but only with respect to liability for damages arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of automobiles (or autos) used by or on behalf of the named insured in connection with the contract designated below. The insurance extended by this endorsement to said additional insured does not apply to bodily injury or ' property damage arising out of automobiles (1) owned by or registered in the name of an additional insured, or (2) leased or rented by an additional insured, or (3) operated by an additional insured. The insurance afforded said additional insured(s) shall apply as primary insurance and no other insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach shall be called upon to contribute with insurance provided by this policy. 2. The policy includes the following provision: ' 'The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of liability of the company affording coverage." 3. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insureds named in Paragraph 1. of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multiple Limits or Single Limit: ' I 1 Multiple Limits Bodily Injury Liability $ ---__per person ' Bodily Injury Liability $_ per accident Property Damage Liability $ ' [ 1 Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury Liability $ and 1 Property Damage Liability The limits of liability as stated in this endorsement shall not increase the total liability of the company affording coverage for all damages as the result of any one accident or occurrence in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to Automobile Liability Insurance. 1 4. Should the policy be non - renewed, cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof, the Issuing Company shall provide 30 days advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department. C- 2879 -C 5. Designated Contract: General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I (Project Tide and Conuact No.) This endorsement is effective at 12 -01 A.M. and forms part of Policy No. of (Company Affording Coverage) Insured Endorsement No. Issuing Company By. (Authorized Representative) . • Page 14 1 p �• It is agreed that: With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for General Liability, the City of Newport Beach, its officers and empployees are additional insureds but only with respect to liability arising out of operations performed by or on behalf of the named insureds in connection with the contract designated below or acts and omissions of the additional insureds in connection with its general supervision of such operations. The insurance afforded said additional insured(s) shall apply as primary insurance and no other insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach shall be called upon to contribute with insurance provided by this policy. 2. The policy includes the following provision: 'The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the liability of the company affording coverage." 3. The insurance afforded by the policy for Contractual Liability Insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the named insured under the indemnification or hold harmless provision contained in the written contract, designated below, between the named insured and the City of Newport Beach. 4. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by this policy, the exclusions, if any, pertaining to the explosion hazard, collapse hazard and underground property hazard (commonly referred to as "XCU" hazards) are deleted. 5. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insured(s) named in paragraph I of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below written on an "Occurrence" basis: ( 1 Commercial [X j Comprehensive General Liability $ 1 ,nnn,nnn each occurrence $ each occurrence The applicable limit of the Contractual Liability for the company affording coverage shall be reduced by any amount paid as damages under this endorsement in behalf of the additional insured(s). The limits of liability as stated in this endorsement shall not increase the total liability of the company affording coverage for all damages as the result of any one occurrence in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to General Liability Insurance. 6. Should the policy be non - renewed, cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof, the. Issuing Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department C- 2879 -C 7. Designated Contract: General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion Phase I (Project Title and Contract No.) I This endorsement is effective 11/11/92 at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part of Policy No, CS T..4479h7R of t t r� Tnsuran�a On (Company Affording Coverage) Producer Eastman & Company B Sue Simpkins Representative) ` + • Page 14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT It is agreed that: 1. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for General Liability, the City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees are additional insureds but only with respect to liability arising out of operations performed by or on behalf of the named insureds in connection with the contract designated below or acts and omissions of the additional insureds in connection with its general supervision of such operations. The insurance afforded said additional insured(s) shall apply as primary insurance and no other insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach shall be called ' upon to contribute with insurance provided by this policy. 2. The policy includes the following provision: 'The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the liability of the company affording coverage ' 3. The insurance afforded by the policy for Contractual Liability Insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the named insured under the indemnification or hold harmless provision contained in the written contract, designated below, between the named insured and the City of Newport Beach. 4. With respect.to such insurance as is afforded by this polity, the exclusions, if any, pertaining to the explosion hazard, collapse hazard and underground property hazard (commonly referred to as "XCU" hazards) are deleted. ' 5. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insured(s) named in paragraph I of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below written on an "Occurrence" basis: [ J Commercial [ j Comprehensive General "Liability $ each occurrence $ each occurrence The applicable limit of the Contractual Liability for the company affording coverage shall be reduced by any amount paid as damages under this endorsement in behalf of the additional insured(s). !' The. limits of liability . as stated in tltis' endorsement shall not increase the total liability of the company affording coverage for all damages as the result of any one occurrence in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to General Liability Insurance. ' 6. Should the policy be non - renewed, cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof, the Issuing Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department C_2879_C 7, Designated Contract: General Construction for the Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I (Project Title and Contract No.) This endorsement is effective at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part ' of Policy No. of (Company Affording Coverage)' Insured Endorsement No. 'f Producer By: 1 (Authorized Representative) 1 { • • Page 15 ' CONTRACT 3o gJod0E1*46.e THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this -t6- day of e!%k 19 ` 2_ , by and between the C= OF NEWPORT BEACH, hereinafter "City," and K -W WPStarn_ Tnc. hereinafter "Contractor," is made with ' reference to the following facts: (a) City has heretofore advertised for bids for the following described public work: General Construct-.on for the Utility Yard ExPla— ion, Phase _ C- 2879 -C Tide of Project Contract No. i (b) Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder on said public work, and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this contract, 'is based upon a careful examination of all plans and specifications by Contractor, 1 NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: ■ i 1. Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all of the work for the construction of the followin described public work: General Construct —n for t e Utility Yard Exoa�-sion, Phase I C- 2879 -C Tide of Project - Conuact No. which project is more fully described in the contract documents. Contractor shall perform and complete .this work in a good and workmanlike .manner, and in . accordance with all of the contract documents. 2. As full compensation for the performance and completion of this work as prescribed above, City shall pay to Contractor the sum of Eight Hundred and Seventy .Thousand One.Hundred Thirty dollars and no /100 ($_870,130.00 ) This compensation includes (1) any loss or damage arising from the nature of the work; j (2) any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the j performance of the work; (3) any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the work; but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City. ' 3. All of the respective rights and obligations of City and Contractor are set forth in the contract documents. The contract documents are incorporated herein by reference as though set out in full and include.the following: ' (a) Notice Inviting Bids (b) Instruction to Bidders and documents referenced therein ' (c) (d) Payment Bond Faithful Performance Bond (e) Certificate of Insurance and Endorsements(s) i ' 0 • Page 16 (f) Plans and Special Provisions for General Construction for the Utility ' Yard Expansion, Phase I C- 2879 -C Tide of Project. Contr-act No. (g) This Contract. 4. Contractor shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and hold harmless, City and its officers, employees and representatives from all claims, loss or damage, except such loss or damage proximately caused by the sole negligence of City or its officers, employees and representatives. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed the day and year first above written. ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH a municipal corporation 1 ayor ATTEST i �S PO City Clerk �-- APPROVED AS TO FORM: 164�18a1 n K -W Western, Inc. City torney Natne of Contractor (Principal) 'cC Authorized Si ture d Tjde Keith Wilfiams, resident ' Authorized Signature and Title 1 V L_ 1 Cite of Newport Beach Utilities Department Bid Addenda No. 1 ' for the project titled: \ General Construction for the -Utilities Yard Expansion - Phase 1 Contract No. C- 2879 -C City of Newport Beach Utilities Department ' Bid Documents Addenda No. 1: Bidders shall propose to complete Contract No. C- 2879 -C in acco -c with the "PROPOSAL" as. modified by this addendum. '1 his is the first addenda to this contract. It consists of five (5) pages: :his page and four ' r +) others as attachments. The attachments are provided as additic -s. deletions and c.:_rifications to the plans and specifications. Bidders are required to include this page and the attachments whe- submitting their bid proposal. ' Bids will be opened by the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beac:: in the Clerk', Office at 3300 Newport Boulevard at 10:00 a.m. Thursday, Octobe .- . 1992. \\ arning! Bids submitted without all pages of this addenda signec..:a:ed and attached to the bid proposal shall be rejected as "non - responsive." titaneart, P.I",. Utilities Director fi Manager ' Addendum reccivcc t>v: ' Bidder:%- Signaiure: I ' The tAlowing changes, ades, deletions or clarifications shall bell to the contract ' documents; all others conditions shall remain the same. Add SECTION 00290, GUARANTEES - WARRANTIES SECTION 07500, MEMBRANE ROOFING, PARAGRAPH 3.03 APPLICATION - Revise to read: ' A. OUTLETS SET BASE SHEET AT DRAINS IN FLASHING COMPOLND 9- INCHES WIDE AROUND RING AND FLANGE. INSTALL A MINIMUM 30 -INCH SQUARE: FLASHING. i `E EITHER 2 -1h TO 4 ' POUND LEAD SHEET OR 16 -OUNCE SOFT COPPER, SET W FLASHING COMPOUND OVER THE COMPLETED ROOF ,\1Fk4BR.AN =. FLASHING SHALL BE "STRIPPED -IN' WITH TWO COL'_ARS OF BASE SHEET FXTENDING 4- INCHES AND 6- INCHES BEYOND THE O:"PSIDE EDGE OF FL.A, ,RING. SET '_ASHING IN COAL TAR PITC i, AN;) FVHILE i iC- INSTALL CLAMP RING AND TIGHTEN." SECTION 0; SJO, MEMBRANE ROOFING, PARAGRAPH 3.03 PREPARATION, ' SUBPARAGRAPH A - Delete the word "Factory" and Insert the .cord "Field ". Addendum received by: 'Bidder: . 25 —) �zx�� Date: /b 9? Signature: Page 2 or,; i r ndGC . a N rn!w :r ! >.nt October 9, 199'2) . GUARANTEE - WARRANTY: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE OWNER A WRITTEN GUARANTEE WHEREIN HE WARRANTS AND GUARANTEES THAT ALL WORK EXECUTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE FREE FROM DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF COMPLETION, EXCEPT THAT CERTAIN SPECIFIC ITEMS OF WORK MAY REQUIRE A GUARANTEE OR WARRANTY FOR A GREATER PERIOD OF TIME WHERFINAFTER SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT HIS SOLE EXPENSE, ALL DEFECTIVE WORK, AND ALL OTHER WORK DAMAGED THEREBY, WHICH BECOMES DEFECTIVE DURING THE TERM OF THE ABOVE MENTION GUARANTEE /WARRANTY PERIOD. ' Add SECTION 00295, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PHASING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PHASE HIS CONSTRUCTION SUCH THAT BUILDING # 5 SHALL BE COMPLETED AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND REMODELING OF BUILDING # 2F CAN ' BEGIN. SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS, PARAGRAPH 1.04 SPECIFIC - CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, SUBPARAGRAPH B -1 - "three (3) blueline or blackline prints" shall read ' .six (6) blueline or blackline prints" SECTION 03300, CAST -IN PLACE CONCRETE - Add Page 3 of 9 enclosed as page 5 of 5 of ' this addenda. SECTION 06100, ROUGH CARPENTRY, PARAGRAPH 2.03, MATERIALS, SUBPARAGRAPH 2. Delete Sub - paragraphs "a" and "b ", Add "Refer to Structural Drawings Sheet S -1, Structural Wood for All Wood Grades Required." SECTION 07500, MEMBRANE ROOFING, PARAGRAPH 3.03 APPLICATION - Revise to read: ' A. OUTLETS SET BASE SHEET AT DRAINS IN FLASHING COMPOLND 9- INCHES WIDE AROUND RING AND FLANGE. INSTALL A MINIMUM 30 -INCH SQUARE: FLASHING. i `E EITHER 2 -1h TO 4 ' POUND LEAD SHEET OR 16 -OUNCE SOFT COPPER, SET W FLASHING COMPOUND OVER THE COMPLETED ROOF ,\1Fk4BR.AN =. FLASHING SHALL BE "STRIPPED -IN' WITH TWO COL'_ARS OF BASE SHEET FXTENDING 4- INCHES AND 6- INCHES BEYOND THE O:"PSIDE EDGE OF FL.A, ,RING. SET '_ASHING IN COAL TAR PITC i, AN;) FVHILE i iC- INSTALL CLAMP RING AND TIGHTEN." SECTION 0; SJO, MEMBRANE ROOFING, PARAGRAPH 3.03 PREPARATION, ' SUBPARAGRAPH A - Delete the word "Factory" and Insert the .cord "Field ". Addendum received by: 'Bidder: . 25 —) �zx�� Date: /b 9? Signature: Page 2 or,; i r ndGC . a N rn!w :r ! >.nt October 9, 199'2) . ' SECTION 08500, N& WINDOWS, PARAGRAPH 1.02 D*TION OF WORK, SUBPARAGRAPH B Delete SUBPARAGRAPH "B" completely. SECTION 08500, METAL WINDOWS, PARAGRAPH 2.01 PRODUCTS, - Add "Steel Windows shall be manufactured by Torrance Steel Window Co., Inc. Series 1250 Standard Intermediate, Project Window." SECTION 09250, GYPSUM BOARD, PARAGRAPH 2.03 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS, SUBPARAGRAPH B - Revise SUBPARAGRAPH B. to read, "Finish: USG Texture XII ' Drywall Surfacer, Fine Texture ". SECTION 09250, GYPSUM BOARD, PARAGRAPH 3.01 WALL /PARTITION SUPPORT SYSTEM, SUBPARAGRAPH F - Delete the reference to horizontal applications. All gypsum board shall -be installed vertically. SECTION 09250, GYPSUM BOARD, PARAGRAPH 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL ' TRIM ACCESSORIES, SUBPARAGRAPH C - Delete "Model 200" and Add "Model 200A ". SECTION 09680, CARPET, - Delete any references to carpet pads. The carpet shall be installed as glue -down in accord with carpet manufacturer's recommendations. SECTION 15400, PLUMBING, PARAGRAPH 2.02 PIPING MATERIALS, SUBPARAGRAPH C Delete "minimum 18" deep" and Add "minimum 36" deep ". ' SECTION 15800, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING, PARAGRAPH. 2.05 ACCESSORIES, SUBPARAGRAPH C - Revise "Flush Keved Cvlinder Locks" to be "Screwdriver Operated Lock ". The next four items are for clarification of the Electrical Contractor's scope in the Mechanical Contractor's section of the specifications. Phis is pertinent to electrical and HVAC work. ' SECTION 15800, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING, PARAGRAPH 2.2 EQUIPMENT, SUBPARAGRAPH E - Add, "Electrical Contractor to provide time clocks and timers as required by mechanical systems per SECTION 16010 -2, ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS, PARAGRAPH 1.04'AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING ' EQUIPMENT WIRING. SECTION 15800, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING, PARAGRAPH 3.03 ELECTRICAL - Clarification that all long Voltage control wiring and connections to HN.A.C. equipment shall be provided by the HN.A.C. Contractor and performed by a qualified electrician in accord kith Division 16111. ' SECTION 16010 -2, ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS, PARAGRAPH 1.04 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WIRING. - Add, "Electrical Contractor to provide time clocks and timers a> required by mechani.at systems per SECTION 15800, HEATING, %"ENTILARING AND AIR CONDITIONING, PARAGRAPH. 2.2 EQUIPMENT, SUBPARAGRAPH E. SECTION 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATfil\'l :`,i S METHODS. ` ARAGRAPH 1.02. SUIByII`ALS (ADDITIONAL i.EQLIREME [ :S>, SUBWARAGRAPH D - Delete ' SUBPARAGRAPH ''D. Subm't materials list for outie, boxes" SECTION 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS, PARAGRAPH 2.04 RECEPTACLES, SUBPARAGRAPH E - Delete "Lock and Kov ". Addendum received by: ' Bidder:%%- "✓�\ �\��5 —��� Dafe: /0 SisMJILlre: " . ?•.+,r- i ,d 5 fo: :'•.ddra Vund :-r I t)ctober 9, 19)2) SECTION 16111, SUIT AND WIRE, PARAGRAPII 1.02WITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS), SUBPARAGRAPH B - Delete SUBPARAGRAPH "B. Submit material list for all conduits and fittings'. The TABLE OF CONTENTS lists that APPENDICES numbered 1 through 4 are included in the plans ' and specifications. Appendix number 4 was erroneously omitted. It would have stated the following: APPENDIX - APP.4, REFERENCE: CITY FURNISHED MATERIALS, "The City furnished materials shall include the following: ' a. Air Compressor b. Enclosure for Air Compressor c. One Basketball Backboard mounting frame d. Existing Electrical Hoist e. City Standard Type "V" Street Lights Other drawing related clarifications, corrections, additions and deletions are as follows: ' DRAWING C -1 OF 3, Title Sheet Clarification - The construction phasing refers to asphalt concrete pavement, trench replacement and slurp seal. This does not refer to building construction phasing. DRAWING C -2 OF 3, Precise Grading Plan, Clarification - The note 23 reference to 'Trench Resurfacing" includes the removal and replacement of existing asphalt concrete. ' DRAWING A -1 OF 12, Architectural Site Plan - Demolition Note No. 2.2. The reference to "See Civil Drawings " shall be deleted. ' DRAWING A -1 OF 12, Architectural Site Plan - Delete note 1.3 along the west side of the site. DRAWING A -7 OF 12, Schedules - The note "Notes: 1. Stair tread and risers to be premoldcd vinyl composition" shall include stringers. ! DRAWING A -7 OF 12, Room Floor Schedule, )Call Schedule, Revise Finish No. 5 & 6 shall be all four walls, Ceramic Titles and Wainscot. ' DRAWING P -1 OF 3, - Plumbing Notes, Legend and Schedule or Equipment. Revise HB /1, Hose Bib, under the Plumbing Fixture Schedule: Delete "hose bib boN . The Hose Bib shall be surface mounted and need not be installed inside a box. DRAWLING E -4 OF 8, Lighting Plan, Building =? - Revise the Fixture shown in electrical panel closet is to be Type 1' 2, 1 X 4 Recessed Fh:crescent, disregard the symbol reference to a strip light fixture. ' DP.A11'I \G E -5 OF 8, Power and ignal flan ::: dint: =3 and =4. Revise the convenience outlet in toilet n nom to be Ground Fault (nterru; .a type (G.F.I.�. Addendum bo: Signature I 1 [] 1 1 F C 1 1 1 1 0 0 maximum 1 -1/2" size for foundations and maximum 3/8" size where congested reinforcing or thin sections occur. D.. Lightweight Structural Concrote: Design for air -dry density of 115 pounds per cubic foot maximum. With mix design, include test reports showing that concrete covered by the mix design meets the shrinkage teat requirements specified under Article "Field Quality Control" hereinafter, or include certified test reports showing conformance as furnished by the ready -mix manufacturer. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division I!1 for "prooenurer 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress. Store materials by methods that prevent damage and permit ready access for inspection and Identification. 1.01-1 JOB CONDITIONS: Do not place concrete during rain or adverse weather conditions without means to prevent any damage. Conform to ACT 305 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" as required except do not use calcium chloride or accelerators. PART 2 - PRODUCIS 2.01 l'ATERIALS: A. furnish materiils seating the test requirements of Paragraph "Score:: _clity Control" hereinbefore, as applicat�ie, and ow) rig requirements: PC l611d ecr. :.c ASIM C1`^ Ty-.2 V low elkll i. Do not r.t.ange .rec_� without. Addendum receicec\by: Bidder :lr�l= Date: — Signature :_ fsge 5 C. j for .ACCm:da Swmr: I (scr:: r)rober S, 1 % .'2: - - ........ ... J ?:STY C33, fror, approved pi'_s, .ree fro-- orge::_c _otter anu of opaline, feldspar, and siliceous magnesium substances; clean, hard, fine- grained sound crur,hed rock or washed gravel not over 5t by weight of flat, thin, elongate?, friable or laminated pieces.( :iecer having J(1 _CTT011 (1 DIVISION TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00010 Scope of Work 00020 Completion Schedule 00030 Contractor License 00040 Award and Execution 00050 00060 Payment Liquidated Damages 00070 Permits and Inspection 00080 Pre -Bid Conference ' 00090 Pre- Construction Conference 00100 Conferences 00110 Inspection of Plans and Specifications 00120 Local Conditions 00130 Contractor's Records 00140 Safety 00150 Protection of Existing Utilities 00160 Protection of Existing Buildings 00170 Protection of Existing Radio Tower 00180 Construction Survey Staking 00190 Water and Power 00200 Contractor Work Area 00210 Testing 00220 00230 Dust /Noise Control Sanitary Facilities 00240 Haul Route 00250 Erosion Control 00260 Supplemental Information 00270 Utilities Yard operation 00280 Scheduling Division 1 - General Reauirements Section 01100 Alternates 01300 Submittals 01500 Temporary Facilities 01700 Project Closeout ' Division 2 - Sitework Section 02060 02200 Demolition Sitework 02440 Metal Gates 02513 Traffic Markings Division 3 - Concrete Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Division 4 - Masonry Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units 1 7 u F j I 1 [1 1 Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 07210 07212 07500 07600 07800 07900 Waterproofing Building Insulation Rigid Insulation Membrane Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Roof Accessories Sealants Division 8 - Doors and Windows Section 08110 08210 08341 08410 08500 08710 08800 Steel Doors and Frames Wood Doors Overhead Roll -Up Doors Entrances Metal Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing Division 9 - Finishes Section 09200 09250 09300 09500 09660 09680 09900 Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Tile Acoustical Treatment Resilient Flooring Carpet Painting Division 10 - Specialties Section 10520 Fire Extinguishers 10800 Toilet Accessories Division 11 - Equipment ' Section 11400 Athletic Equipment 11500 Industrial.Equipment Division 12 - Furnishings (Not Applicable) Division 13 - Special Construction (Not Applicable) Division 5 - Metals ' Section 05120 Structural Steel 05310 Metal Roof Decking 05500 Metal Fabrication ' Division 6 - Wood and Plastic ' Section 06100 06200 Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 1 7 u F j I 1 [1 1 Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 07210 07212 07500 07600 07800 07900 Waterproofing Building Insulation Rigid Insulation Membrane Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Roof Accessories Sealants Division 8 - Doors and Windows Section 08110 08210 08341 08410 08500 08710 08800 Steel Doors and Frames Wood Doors Overhead Roll -Up Doors Entrances Metal Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing Division 9 - Finishes Section 09200 09250 09300 09500 09660 09680 09900 Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Tile Acoustical Treatment Resilient Flooring Carpet Painting Division 10 - Specialties Section 10520 Fire Extinguishers 10800 Toilet Accessories Division 11 - Equipment ' Section 11400 Athletic Equipment 11500 Industrial.Equipment Division 12 - Furnishings (Not Applicable) Division 13 - Special Construction (Not Applicable) APPENDIX BOUND SEPARATELY Documents attached hereto and included as information ' only. Appendix 2 and 3 show items of work that have been previously completed. APP. -1 Reference Plan Set: Civil, Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing, and Electrical. APP. -2 Reference: Demolition and Rough Grading. APP. -3 Reference: Utilities, Sheets 1 through 5. APP. -4 Reference: City Furnished Materials. I I '! ' Division 14 --Conveying Systems (Not Applicable) ' Division 15 - Mechanical Section 15400 Plumbing 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning ' Division 16 - Electrical Section 16010 Electrical General Provisions ' 16050 Basic Electrical Materials & Methods 16111 Conduit and Wire 16160 Panel Boards 16480 Motor Control Equipment 16500 Lighting Fixtures APPENDIX BOUND SEPARATELY Documents attached hereto and included as information ' only. Appendix 2 and 3 show items of work that have been previously completed. APP. -1 Reference Plan Set: Civil, Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing, and Electrical. APP. -2 Reference: Demolition and Rough Grading. APP. -3 Reference: Utilities, Sheets 1 through 5. APP. -4 Reference: City Furnished Materials. I I '! 1 • • ' DIVISION 0 ' 00010 I C1 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS $come of Work The project includes finish grading, paving and site improvement. Two of the existing buildings #2 and y5 include additions and renovation. Building #3 and #4 are new structures. Sitework also includes automatic electric gates and garden wall. Under previous contracts, the City has demolished several structures, installed subsurface utilities and recompacted the soil to approximately rough grade. The City has set new electrical distribution. panels in place to serve existing and new facilities. These distribution panels are to remain in place during construction of this project. Building construction is to be slab on grade, concrete masonry walls, wood timber roof system, metal beam and decking in building #4, and built -up composition roofing. Offices and shops are heated or air conditioned. Electrical power is to be provided for tool, equipment and convenience. Compressed air distribution to shops and installation of air compressor. The contract requires completion of all work in ' accord with these Special Provisions; the City's Standard Special Provisions; the Plans (Drawings No. M- 5303 -5); the Standard Drawings for Public Works ' Construction, Latest Edition; and the Standards Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) , latest edition; copies of which are available for ' purchase at the Public Works Department, City Hall Complex at 3300 Newport Blvd., Newport Beach, 92663 or at Building News, Inc. 3055 Overland Ave., Los ' Angeles 90034, (213) 202 -7775. In addition, all work shall conform to chapter 15 of the Newport Beach Municipal Code (NBMC), the project 1 soils report add supplements and special requirements of the permit. Contact: Jeff Staneart (714) 644- 3011. ' Contractor shall furnish full -time project superintendent, experienced in similar type and size projects. Superintendent shall remain with the project through completion and acceptance unless City requests replacement. 00020 Completion Schedule /Working Hours The Contractor shall complete all work under the Contract within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the date of award of the contract by the City ' Council. Working hours are limited from 7:00 am to 6:30 pm ' Monday through Friday; 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Saturdays per section 10 -28 of the NBMC. ' Shoulothe Contractor elect to w• later than 5:00 PM weekdays or at anytime saturdays, he shall first obtain special permission from the City. A request for working during any of these hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The City reserves the right to deny any or all such request. Additionally, the Contractor will be required to pay ' for inspection during these periods when such work is approved. 00030 Contractor's License At time of award of the Construction Contract the ' Contractor shall possess a valid General Engineering Contractor Class A license or a General Building Contractor Class B license. 00040 Award and Execution Bidder's attention is directed to Section 2 -1 of the Standard Special Provisions for requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of the contract. Final selection of General Contractor will be determined based on the total amount of the Base Bid plus amounts of Alternate Bid Items numbered 1 thru 4. 00050 Payment The prices shown on the proposal shall be considered full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, etc. necessary to complete the work in place and no additional allowance will be made therefor. Payment for incidental items of work not separately listed shall be included in the price shown for other related items of work. Payment for delivered or stored materials will not be made. Items must be properly installed or constructed before Contractor is eligible for receipt of any progress payment ' therefore. 00060 Liquidated Damages ' Failure of the ,Contractor to complete the work, through final punchlist,within the specified ' time,will result in significant damages being sustained by the City. J All work specified under this contract shall be completed within the time specified for completion or the Contractor shall pay the City as liquidated damages, the sum of one thousand dollars (51,000.00) Per calendar day for each and every calendar day's delay in completing the work in excess of the specified time, plus any authorized time extensions. Page 2 of 8 T . - - 00070 Permits and Inspection ' The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits. The City will wave fees for the building plan checking and building permit. The Contractor will be ' required to adhere to the conditions of the permits. The City will perform the necessary inspections. The Contractor shall furnish the City full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the City timely notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection, (minimum of 48 hours). ' All materials and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the City. The Contractor shall also obtain a business license at the City of Newport Beach. ' The Contractor shall work in accord with al CalOSHA and prevailing safety requirements. 00080 Pre -Bid Conference and Job Walk A pre -bid conference and job walk will be held at 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, October 6, 1992. The conference will begin at the Office of the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department located at 949 W. 16th Street in the City of Newport Beach. Attendance ' I at pre -bid conference is optional. j 00090 Pre- Construction Conference A pre- construction meeting shall be scheduled 48 hours ' prior to start of construction with the following people present: Newport Beach Utilities Department, General Contractor, Architect, Design Civil Engineer, City. Inspection Engineer or their representatives. Inspection ' and other requirements will be outlined at the meeting. Attendance is mandatory prior to the commencement of any construction. The meeting will be at the office of the ' City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. 00100 Conferences ' At any time during the progress of the work, the City shall have authority to require the Contractor to attend a conference with any or all of the subcontractors engaged in the work, and any notice ' of such conferences shall be duly observed and complied with by the Contractor. T . - - 00130 Contractor's Records /As -Built Drawings The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted ' accounting principles and practices. These books, records and documents shall be retained for at least three (3) years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the City or to its authorized designated representative. Suitable facilities are ' to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. The stamped set of approved plans and specifications ' shall be on the job site at all times 'and in Page 4 of 8 00110 Inspection of the Plans and Specifications by the Contractor The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the plans and specifications. should he discover any discrepancies or omissions in them, he shall at once report his discovery in writing to the City for a decision on its correction, revision or clarification and the decision of the City shall be final. ' 00120 Local - Conditions ' Bidders shall read each and every clause of the specifications, examine the drawings, and shall satisfy themselves by personal investigation on the site as to local conditions affecting the work. Information on existing conditions including the locations of utilities and other structures derived from record plans, specifications, or drawings, or from the engineer or his assistants should be regarded as approximate only and should be approached with caution. Each bidder or his representative shall visit the site of the work and familiarize' himself with local conditions, and shall investigate the material and take his own boring with City ' approval as deemed necessary. The material to be removed within the limits indicated on the Contract plans may contain debris, rubbish, and any other material. The presence of and any required removal and disposal of any material or object so encountered shall be considered in the lump sum price of the bid. The bidder shall determine the actual conditions and requirements of the work, the character and amount of all class of labor and materials that may be required, and all circumstances and conditions that may affect the cost of the work. They shall include ' in their lump sum prices, any and all expense or cost that may be necessary to complete the project in ' accord with the requirements of the Contract. 00130 Contractor's Records /As -Built Drawings The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted ' accounting principles and practices. These books, records and documents shall be retained for at least three (3) years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the City or to its authorized designated representative. Suitable facilities are ' to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. The stamped set of approved plans and specifications ' shall be on the job site at all times 'and in Page 4 of 8 adsion the contractor shal• intain "as- built" drawings of all work and subcontracts, continuously as the job progresses. A separate set of prints for this purpose only; shall be kept at the job site at all times. It shall be required that these drawings be up -to -date and so certified by the City's Inspector at the time each progress bill is submitted. When the project drawings are not of sufficient size and detail, Contractor shall furnish his own drawings for incorporation of details and dimensions. The final set of "as- built" drawings shall be signed and dated by the City's Inspector and the Contractor and delivered to the Utilities Department prior to acceptance of the project or final payment therefor. A soils grading report prepared by the City's soils engineer, including locations and elevation of field density tests, summaries of field and laboratory results and other substantiated data and comments on any changes made during grading and their effect on the recommendations made in the soils engineering investigation report will be completed by the City's soils engineer. He shall provide written approval as to the adequacy of the site for the intended use and completion of work in accord with the NB14C. 00140 Safety In accord with the generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during any performance of the work, and the Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and ' orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. ' 00150 Protection of Utilities The approximate location of utilities in the project area have been shown on civil plans. Prior to excavating the Contractor snail notify Underground Service Alert and ascertain the exact location of all utilities. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities from damage, whether they are shown or not. The Contractor shall maintain service of the existing utilities which are to remain in place and protect against damage during construction operations. The Contractor will not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by the City. Page 5 of 8 ' The tractor shall provide orary services duriI interruptions to exis t utilities, as accep able to governing authorities. Utilities that require to be turned off or shut down for any period of time must be coordinated with the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. 48_hrsnotice is to be given to allow movement of equipment or personnel who may be effected by the 1 shut down. The Contractor may not be able to turn off or shut down at his convenience. No additional cost will ' be acceptable nor time extension granted, if a delay in work is caused by this inconvience. The Contractor shall pothole the depth and location of any existing utility within the limits of work that may conflict with the removal or construction shown on the plans. If any discrepancies arise the Contractor is to notify the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. The Contractor shall hand dig around any existing utility currently in use to prevent damage or failure of the existing facility. ' 00160 Protection of Existing Buildings Existing buildings, site, equipment, systems and furnishings shall be protected from damage during this project. Contractor shall provide and construct necessary barriers, dust control, and fences to ensure protection of construction area and non - construction areas. ' 00170 Protection of Existing Radio Tower The radio transmitting tower, guy wires and hold ' down posts are to be protected from damage during construction. The temporary trailer will remain on site out of the limits of work until completion of this project. ' 00180 Construction Survey Staking The City will provide one (1) set of field stakes for both line and grade for construction of buildings #2, 3 and 4. This will include stakes for establishing site paving, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, air compeessor ' pad and garden walls. Any additional stakes or any restaking or costs thereof shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing two working days in advance of the time that line and grade stakes are needed. ' Page 6 of 8 or other approach locations. ' The site may not be used for employee parking. Contractor will have complete access to the project area within the "limits of construction ". Access to other areas of the site is restricted and limited to only necessary purposes. Contractor shall coordinate access to others parts of the site with the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. ' 00210 Testing The City shall select the testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Specifications. When it is the opinion of the City, additional tests or inspections are required ' because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed his work, such tests and inspection will be paid for by the Contractor. ' City shall provide and pay for Deputy Inspector required by this project. Cost for any re- inspection of improperly installed or defective materials shall be borne soley by the Contractor. 00220 DUST /NOISE CONTROL Dust shall be controlled by watering and /or dust palliative inaccord with S.C.A.Q.M. and City of Newport Beach. ' Noise, excavation, delivery and removal shall be controlled per Section 10 -28 of the NBMC. 00230 Sanitary Facilities Sanitary facilities shall be maintained on the site during the construction period, use of City Facilities will not be allowed. 00240 Haul Routes ' Haul routes for import or export of materials shall be submitted in writing and approved by the City prior to start of work. ' Page 7 of 8 00190 Water and Power The - Contractor shall pay for all water and power installation and use required for his operations. ' The contractor shall obtain approval from City prior to making any connections. 00200 Contractor's work Area ' It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the City the area or areas that can be used for construction material storage. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing the site to protect this property from vandalism and loss and to protect the public from possible injury. All construction parking will be offsite on 16th Street or other approach locations. ' The site may not be used for employee parking. Contractor will have complete access to the project area within the "limits of construction ". Access to other areas of the site is restricted and limited to only necessary purposes. Contractor shall coordinate access to others parts of the site with the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. ' 00210 Testing The City shall select the testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Specifications. When it is the opinion of the City, additional tests or inspections are required ' because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed his work, such tests and inspection will be paid for by the Contractor. ' City shall provide and pay for Deputy Inspector required by this project. Cost for any re- inspection of improperly installed or defective materials shall be borne soley by the Contractor. 00220 DUST /NOISE CONTROL Dust shall be controlled by watering and /or dust palliative inaccord with S.C.A.Q.M. and City of Newport Beach. ' Noise, excavation, delivery and removal shall be controlled per Section 10 -28 of the NBMC. 00230 Sanitary Facilities Sanitary facilities shall be maintained on the site during the construction period, use of City Facilities will not be allowed. 00240 Haul Routes ' Haul routes for import or export of materials shall be submitted in writing and approved by the City prior to start of work. ' Page 7 of 8 ' 00280 Scheduling 00250 Erosion Control ' General Contractor shall submit Erosion control devices shall be available on -site meeting the approval of the City between October 15 ' and May 15. These devices shall be in place at the end of each style. working day whenever the five -day probability of ' rain exceeds 30 percent. showing 00260 Supplementary Information A preliminary geotechnical study and corresponding report was prepared on October 8, 1975. Also, an ' updated report dated August 13, 1991 and compaction to adjust to report dated April 22, 1992 was prepared by: Soils International 1630S. Sunkist Suite # C Anaheim, Ca. 92806 ' It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly familiarize himself with the above ' reports. There is no warranty or guarantee, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated by such investigations or records thereof are representative of those existing throughout such ' areas. 00270 Utilities Yard Operation The Utilities Yard will remain in operation throughout the construction of the Expansion Project. Security must be maintained by the contractor. Doors, driveways and building areas must be maintained clear of obstructions that may impede their use. Entries and aisleways into and around the site shall be open at all times. ' 00280 Scheduling General Contractor shall submit project schedule to City within 10 days of award of contract. Schedule may be bar chart or CPM style. Schedule shall be on a weekly progress basis showing line item activities of work by contractor trades. City will review the schedule and may require the Contractor to adjust to the requirements of the City. Page 8 of 8 00280 Scheduling General Contractor will submit project schedule to City within 10 days of award of contract. Schedule may be bar chart or CPM. Schedule shall be on a weekly progress basis showing by line item activities of work by contractor trades. City will review and ' Contractor will adjust to approval of City. LJ [1 Page 6 of 8 ' Soils International 1630 S. Sunkist Suite # C Anaheim, Ca. 92806 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly familiarize himself with the above reports. There is no warranty or guarantee, either ' expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated by such investigations or records thereof are representative of those existing throughout such ' areas. 00270 Utilities Yard Operation The Utilities Yard will remain in operation throughout the construction of the Expansion Project. Security must be maintained by the ' contractor. Doors, driveways and building areas must be maintained clear of obstructions that may impede their use. Entries and aisleways into and ' around the site shall be open at all times. 00280 Scheduling General Contractor will submit project schedule to City within 10 days of award of contract. Schedule may be bar chart or CPM. Schedule shall be on a weekly progress basis showing by line item activities of work by contractor trades. City will review and ' Contractor will adjust to approval of City. LJ [1 Page 6 of 8 � s � ' SECTION 01100 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and General provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Materials and labor described within these alternates may, at the option of the Owner, be incorporated into the final contract documents. The Alternates to be part of the contract documents will be listed by number in the ' Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 1.03 DEFINITION: Definitions: Alternates are defined as alternate products, materials, equipment, installations or systems for the work, which may either supplement or displace corresponding basic requirements of contract documents. Alternates may or may not substantially change scope and general character of the work; and must not be confused with "allowances ", "unit prices ", "change orders ", "substitutions" and other similar provisions. 1.04 " Schedule of Alternates ": A schedule is included at the end of this section. Each alternate is defined by abbreviated language, recognizing that drawings and specification sections document the requirements. Coordination of related work is required to ensure that work affected by each selected alternate is complete and properly interfaced with work of alternates. PART 2 - SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATE ADDITIVE HID ITEMS 2.01 ITEM NO. 1 - METAL STUD FRAMING Additive or deductive to the base bid for furnishing and ' installing 25 ga. metal stud framing in lieu of wood framing on all interior partitions. Base bid per plans and specifications requires metal framing in building N4 only. This alternate ' would allow metal framing in all buildings. 01100 ALTERNATES SECTION 01100 ' Page 1 of 2 I ' 2.02 0 9 ITEM NO. 2 - METAL DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME Additive or deductive to the base bid for furnishing and installing interior metal frame at doors and windows as specified in Section 08500 in lieu of wood painted frame as detailed. Base bid per plans and specifications requires metal frame in building 04 only. This alternate would allow metal frames in all buildings. ' 2.03 Item No. 3 - Athletic Surface Additive or deductive for installing athletic playing surface over concrete base slab. Athletic surface would be for playing surfaces shown on detail 25/A -11, including curb to curb and wall to wall. Athletic surface shall be "Dex -O -Tex" - Gym -Floc I. Prepare sub - strate and install per manufacturers written instruction. Include game lines as shown. 2.04 Item No. 4 - Hoist ' Additive or deductive to base bid for furnishing and installing new 2 ton electrical hoist in lieu of reconditioning existing hoist, per Section 11500. ' END OF SECTION J 01100 ALTERNATES SECTION 01100 Page 2 of 2 • 1 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS ' PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and General provisions of Contract, including General requirements and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: ' A. The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work - related submittals. Individual submittal requirements are specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. 1.03 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: ' A. Scheduling: Where appropriate in required administrative submittals (listing of products, ' manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, and in job progress). B. Contractor Review: All submittals must be reviewed by the general Contractor prior to submission to City. Contractor shall stamp each submittal and sign showing that the submittals are ' complete, in conformance with construction documents and that he has coordinated submittal with other affected trades. ' 1. Submittal received without general Contractor stamp and signature will be returned without review. C. Preparation of Submittals: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, ' date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Show Contractor's executed ' review and approval marking and provide space for City's "action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through contractor's office will be returned "without action ". ' 01300 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 ' Page 1 of 5 I ' • • ' 1.04 SPECIFIC - CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: ' A. General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, the contractor shall comply with the requirements specified herein. ' B. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall provide submittals for all materials on reproducible sheets, with graphic information at an accurate ' scale with name of preparer and supplier indicated. Show all dimensions and note which are based on field measurements. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance with standards and special coordination requirements. 1. Initial Submittal: One correctable translucent reproducible print and three blueline or blackline prints shall be submitted. The reproducible will be returned. 1 2. Final Submittal: Four prints, plus two additional prints where required for maintenance manuals shall be submitted. Two will be retained and the remainder will be returned to Contractor. One submittal after City approval, shall be maintained by contractor at the work site, as "Record ' Document ". C. Product Data: Collect required data for each unit of work or system and submit an original and three copies with each copy marked to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, ' compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. After City approval, maintain one submittal set of product data at project site, available for reference by City and others. I 01300 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 Page 2 of 5 ' 01300 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 ' Page 3 of 5 11 1. Submittals: Contractor shall not submit any product or material data, or allow its use on the project, until compliance with ' requirements of contract documents has been confirmed by Contractor and approved by City in writing. 2. Installer's Copy: Do not proceed with fabrications or installation of materials, products or systems until final City- approved copy of applicable product data submittal is in possession of installer. D. Samples: Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products for the work. Include "range" samples (not less than 1 3 units) where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where City's selection is required. Prepare sample to match City samples where so indicated. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, ' texture and "kind" by the City. The City will not "test" samples (except as jtherwise indicated) therefore the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Submittal: At Contractor's option, Contractor may provide preliminary submittal of a single set of samples for the City review and actions. Submit four sets of samples in final submittals. ' 2. ouality Control Set: Maintain returned final set of samples at project site, in suitable condition and available for quality control ' comparisons by City. ' 3. Reusable Samples: Returned samples which are intended or permitted to be incorporated in the work are so indicated in the individual work sections, and must be in undamaged condition at time of use. ' 01300 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 ' Page 3 of 5 11 I E. Warranties: Refer to "Products" section for specific general requirements on warranties, product /workmanship bonds, and maintenance agreements. In addition to copies desired for Contractor's use, furnish four executed copies, except furnish two additional (conformed) copies where required for maintenance manuals. F. Record of Actual Work: Furnish four copies, one of which will be returned for inclusion in "Record Documents" as specified in "Closeout" section. G. Closeout Submittals: Refer to "Closeout" sections for specific generals requirements on submittal of closeout information, materials, tools and similar items. 1. Record Documents Copies: Furnish one set. 2. Maintenance /Operating Manuals: Furnish two ' bound copies. 3. Materials and Tools: Refer to individual 1 work sections for required quantities of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys and similar physical units to be submitted. H. General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in 1 foregoing copy submittal requirements) to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. Include such additional copies in transmittal to architect where required to receive "review" marking before final distribution. Show such distributions on transmittal forms. 1.05 ACTION ON SUBMITTALS A. City Review: City shall review all submittals. City, where possible, will return submittals ' within two weeks of receipt. Where submittal must be held longer for coordination, contractor will be .so advised. 1 01330 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 Page 4 of 5 ' I ' 3. Review Stamp: City's review stamp for use on all submittals returned to the contractor, is self - explanatory as marked. ' PARTS 2 AND 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION: (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION u I I 0 1 I 1 01300 I SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 Page 5 of 5 1. Final - But - Restricted Release: Work may proceed provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with ' contract documents, when submittal is returned with "City" approval "with ' corrections" review stamp. 2. Returned for Resubmittal: Contractor shall not proceed with any work where submittals have not been reviewed and approved by the City. Contractor shall revise submittal in accord with any notations thereon, and shall resubmit without delay to obtain approval. Contractor shall not allow submittals that are un- approved (or unmarked) to be used in 1 connection with performance of any work: "Contractor Shall Resubmit" ' 3. Review Stamp: City's review stamp for use on all submittals returned to the contractor, is self - explanatory as marked. ' PARTS 2 AND 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION: (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION u I I 0 1 I 1 01300 I SUBMITTALS SECTION 01300 Page 5 of 5 1 • • SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 1 Drawings and General provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. General: Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work. Terminate use and remove facilities at earliest reasonable time, when no longer needed or when permanent facilities have, with authorized use, replaced the need. B. Conditions of Use: Install, operate, maintain and protect temporary facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non - hazardous, sanitary and protective of persons and property, and free of deterious effects. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 Page 1 of 4 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: ` Definitions: Specific administrative and procedural minimum actions are specified in this section, as extensions of provisions in General Requirements and other 1 contract documents. These requirements have been included for special purposes as indicated. Nothing in this section is intended to limit types and amounts of temporary work required, and no omission from this section will be recognized as an indication by the City that such temporary activity is not required for successful completion of the work and compliance with requirements of contract documents. Provisions of this section are applicable to, but not by way of limitation, utility services, construction facilities, support facilities, and ' security /protection provisions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. General: In addition to compliance with governing regulations and rules /recommendations of franchised 1 utility companies, comply with specific requirements indicated and with applicable local industry standards for construction work. ' 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. General: Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work. Terminate use and remove facilities at earliest reasonable time, when no longer needed or when permanent facilities have, with authorized use, replaced the need. B. Conditions of Use: Install, operate, maintain and protect temporary facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non - hazardous, sanitary and protective of persons and property, and free of deterious effects. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 Page 1 of 4 2.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES SERVICES: A. General: Utilities that exist in the City's buildings may not be used by the contractor. Separate utilitiy service for construction us must be provided. Connection to or extension of utilities must not interfere with the operations of the Utilities Department. Required utilities may include: 1. Potable water. 2. Sanitary facilities. 3. Electrical power. 4. Neat and ventilation. 2.02 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES: A. The types of services required include, but not by of limitation, water distribution, drainage, enclosure of work, heat, ventilation, electrical power distribution, ' lighting, hoisting facilities, ladders, and roads. Provide facilities reasonable required to perform construction operations properly, adequately and safely. B. Water Distribution: Pipe to construction area and provide hose lengths sufficient to reach entire area of construction work. C. Electrical Power: Provide weatherproof, grounded, power distribution system sufficient to accommodate construction operations requiring power, use of power tools, electrical heating, lighting, and start -up testing of permanent electric powered equipment prior to its permanent connection to electrical system. Provide overload protection. Locate multiple outlets (not less than 4 -gang) at each location that can be reached by power tools on a single extension cord of ' 100' maximum length. D. Lighting: Provide sufficient temporary lighting to ensure proper workmanship everywhere; by combined use of daylight, general lighting, and portable plug -in task lighting. E. Access Provisions: Provide ramps, stairs, ladders and similar temporary access elements as reasonable required to perform the work and facilitate its inspection during installation. Comply with reasonable requests of governing authorities performing inspections. ' 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 Page 2 of 4 ' 2.03 TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES: B. Contractor's Field Office: Provide adequate office space for field office personnel plus one spare work station for incidental use by subcontractor's personnel, suitable finished, furnished, equipped and conditioned. 2.04 STRUCTURAL BRACING AND SHORING A. The types of temporary support facilities required include, but not by of limitation, field offices, storage sheds, fabrication sheds, first aid facilities, 1 private and public telephones, waste disposal services, and similar miscellaneous general services, all as may be reasonably required for proficient performance of the work and accommodation of personnel at the site ' including owner's and architect's personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary support facilities, ' and make incidental similar use of permanent work of the project, and, if not otherwise indicated, immediately before time of substantial completion. Locate temporary support facilities for convenience of ' users, and for minimum interference with construction activities, and City operatinons. B. Contractor's Field Office: Provide adequate office space for field office personnel plus one spare work station for incidental use by subcontractor's personnel, suitable finished, furnished, equipped and conditioned. 2.04 STRUCTURAL BRACING AND SHORING 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 ' Page 3 of 4 Support of ceilings, walls, openings and other construction that is to remain shall be adequately supported with shoring and /or bracing. Supports shall be installed prior to demolition and remain in place until permanent construction is complete. A. General contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate supports. Contractor shall retain licensed engineer to design support system and oversee installation. Support system shall comply with ' ordinance and code or jurisdictions having authority. 2.05 SECURITY /PROTECTION PROVISIONS: A. The types of temporary security and protection provisions required include, but not by way of ' limitation, fire protection, barricades, warning signs /lights, site enclosure fence, building enclosure /lock-up, personnel security program (theft prevention), environmental protection, and similar provisions intended to minimize damages at project site. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 ' Page 3 of 4 B. Fire Extinguishers: Provide types, sizes, numbers and locations as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during early stages, by personnel at project site. Post warning and quick - instructions at each extinguisher location, and instruct all personnel at project site, at time of their first arrival, on proper use of extinguishers and other available facilities at project site. ' C. Site Enclosure Fence: At earliest reasonable date, enclose portion of site necessary for storage of materials and equipment. Location on site shall be acceptable to the Utility Department. Enclosure shall not interfere with usage of the site by the Utility Department. ' D. Building Security and Lock-up, Security of the Utility Yard must be maintained at all times. Access to building areas outside of project limits must be previously arranged with the Utility Department. Exterior door within the construction area must be securely locked at the completion of each day's work. E. Entrance Gates: Install and maintain lockable, chain link gates at the east and west driveways to the Utility Yard site. When existing gates are removed Contractor shall install above temporary gate to provide security to site. Provide keys to Utility Department. F. Daily Cleaning of Site: All construction materials must be kept, stored and maintained within the designated construction area. The utility site outside of the construction area must be maintained clean, at all times. Site must be cleaned daily at the end of work by sweeping, water or other means to the satisfaction of the Utility Department. 1 END OF SECTION I i 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 1 Page 4 of 4 r � � r rSECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL i1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and General provisions of Contract, including General Requirements and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definitions: Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near end of contract time, in preparation for final acceptance, normal termination of contract, occupancy by City and evidencing ' completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are specified in sections of Division 2 through 16. Closeout is directly related to completion of the project contract. All closeout ' items must be satisfactorily completed prior to acceptance of the project by the City. i n L, I I I I I I I Completion of the project shall not be accepted by the City until all provisions of this section including final punch list have been completed to the satisfaction of the City. A. General: Prior to requesting the City's review for certification of substantial completion (for either entire work or portions thereof), complete the following and list known exceptions in request. 1. In progress payment request coincident with or first following date claimed, show either 100% completion for portion of work claimed as "substantially complete ", or list incomplete items, value of incompletion, and reasons for being incomplete. 2. Advise owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship /maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT i SECTION 01700 Page 1 of 6 1 � • i 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling owner's full and unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities, including (where required) occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. ' 5. Submit as -built drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement survey, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items to owner. 7. Complete start -up testing of systems, and instructions of Owner's operating /maintenance personnel. Discontinue (or change over) and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools and facilities, mock -ups, and similar elements. B. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch -up of marred surfaces. 9. Touch -up and otherwise repair and restore exposed finishes. H. Review Procedures: Upon receipt of contractor's request, the City will either proceed with review or advise contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial review, the City will either prepare certificate of substantial completion, or advise contractor of work which must be performed prior to issuance of certificate; and repeat review when requested and assure that work has been substantially completed. Results of completed review will form initial "punch list" for final acceptance. ' 1.04 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A. General: Prior to requesting the City's final review for certification of final acceptance and final payment, as required by General Conditions, complete the following and list know exceptions (if any) in request: 1. Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 2 of 6 I 2. Submit updated final statement, accounting for additional (final) changes to Contract Total. 3. Submit certified copy of the City's final punch list of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, ' endorsed and dated by 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 3 of 6 ..B. ReinsDection Procedures: Upon receipt of contractor's notice that work has been completed, including punch ' list items resulting from earlier review, and excepting incomplete items resulting from earlier reviews, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstances, the City will re- review work. Upon completion of review, the City will either prepare certificate of final acceptance or advise contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for final acceptance. If necessary, procedure will be repeated. 1.05 AS -BUILT DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS: A. General: Specific requirements for as -built documents are indicated in individual sections of these ' specifications. Other requirements are indicated in General Conditions. General submittal requirements are indicated in "Submittals" sections. Do not use ' as -built documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire - resistive location; provide access to record documents for ' City reference during normal working hours. B. As -Built Drawings: Maintain a white -print set (blue -line or black -line) of contract drawings and shop ' drawings in clean, undamaged condition, with mark -up of actual installations which vary from the work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is ' most capable of showing "field" condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for mark -up, record a cross- reference at corresponding location on working drawings. Mark with red erasable 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 3 of 6 I I [J I pencil and where feasible, use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of work. Mark -up new information which is recognized to be of importance to owner, but was for some reason not shown on either contract drawings or shop drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work, which would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Note related change order numbers where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable cover sheets, identification on cover of each set. C. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the work. Immediately prior to date(s) of substantial completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to City for their records. D. Maintenance Manuals! Organize maintenance and operating manual information into suitable sets of manageable size, and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed (thumb- tabbed). Include emergency instructions, spare parts listing, list of suppliers with contact phone numbers, warranties, wiring diagrams, recommended "turn- around" cycles, inspection procedures, shop drawings, product data, and similar applicable information. Bind each manual of each set in a heavy -duty 211, 3 -ring vinyl covered binder, and include pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark identification on both front and spine of each binder. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: General Operatinz /Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with owner's personnel, at project site, to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of entire work. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, ' 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 4 of 6 ' spare parts, and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start -up, shut -down, emergency operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation with applicable warranties, agreements to maintain bonds, and similar continuing commitments. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING: A. General: Special cleaning for specific units of work is specified in sections of Divisions 2 through 16. General cleaning during progress of work 1s specified in Division ' 0 ' and as temporary services in ' "Temporary Facilities" section of this Division. Provide final cleaning of the work, at time indicated, consisting of cleaning each surface or unit or work to normal "clean" condition expected for a first -class building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation. of cleaning levels required. 1. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and window /door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable as vision- obscuring materials. Replace broken glass ' and damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard- surfaced finishes, to a dirt -free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated, avoid disturbances of natural weathering of exterior ' surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean, including crane equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. 5. Remove debris and surface dust from limited- access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, ' equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces. 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 5 of 6 • • i 6. Clean concrete floors in non - occupied spaces broom clean. 7. Vacuum clean carpeted surfaces and similar soft surfaces. 8. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including those resulting from water exposure. 9. Wash and clean Ceramic Tile walls and floor. 10. Remove all Construction Debris. 11. Clean all equipment and finish surfaces. 12. Final Survey. END OF SECTION. 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01700 Page 6 of 6 ' SECTION 02060 - DEMOLITION 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, ' apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: ' A. Extent of demolition work is shown on drawings. B. Drawings show intent of demolition that is necessary to construct new improvements. All miscellaneous connections, fittings, materials and items that may not be identified. Contractor shall inspect the project ' site to ensure that complete demolition necessary is included in his bid. C. All demolished materials become the property of the contractor, unless salvaging for the City is requested. ' 1.03 SCHEDULE: Submit proposed methods and operation of building demolition to the City for review prior to start of work. Include in schedule coordination of shut -off, capping, and ' continuation of utility services as required. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: ' A. City will make available to contractor a set of original construction drawings. City assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the structure to ' comply with original documents. Some variations may occur due to construction methods, materials and equipment provided. ' B. Partial removal of salvageable items of value to contractor may be removed from the structure as work Progresses. Non - salvaged items must be transported from site as they are removed. C. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. D. Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, ' streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Protections: Ensure safe passages for persons around ' area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities and persons. 02060 DEMOLITION SECTION 02060 Page 1 of 2 iJ I • • 1. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent facilities to remain. F. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations at no cost to owner. G. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service and protect against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. ' Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. ' H. Shoring: Support for ceiling&, walls, openings that are temporary and unsupported shall be shored to adequately support the structure until permanent ' construction is in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -- Not Applicable. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION: ' A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations, as ' directed by the City or governing authorities.. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work. Protect addacent space from dust with visqueen partition and from physical damages. ' B. Demolish construction as indicated on drawings and remove from site. Use such methods as required to complete work within limitations of governing ' regulations. 3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS: 11 1 71 Li A. General: Remove from site debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations, by approved hualing routes and in approved manner. 1. Burning of removed materials from demolition operations will not be permitted on site. ' END OF SECTION 02060 DEMOLITION SECTION 02060 Page 2 of 2 t 1 SECTION 02200 PART I - GENERAL SITEWORK 1.01 The work to be done under this section shall be in accord with the drawings and general provisions of the contract,including General Conditions and Division -I Specification Sections, the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the City's Standard, Special Provisions and the Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work to be done under this section consist of sawcutting and removal of Asphaltic Pavement and P.C.C. Gutter and Driveway. Grading shall include scarification and recompaction. Construction of P.C.C. curb, gutters, sidewalks and slabs including Asphaltic Pavement and slurry seal and all related work. 1.03 WORK PREVIOUSLY PERFORMED BY OTHERS Under separate contracts the City of Newport Beach has completed the following projects relative to the Utilities Yard Expansion Phase I. Demolition and Rough Grading Plan No. M- 5299 -5 and Underground Utilities Relocation Plan No. M- 5300 -5. Reductions of these plans are included in the appendix. Full size as -built drawings of these projects are available at the Utilities Department. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 02200 All products shall comply with the documentation identified in 1.01 above. SITE WORK SECTION 02200 Page 1 of 2 SECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION ' The Contractor will be allowed to lower below existing grade the existing utilities. This includes electrical & telephone conduits that are stubbed above grade to ' accommodate pad and parking area grades. This will require the approval of the City prior to construction. The Contractor will be responsible to adjust to finish grade the utilities the contractor lowers and all other applicable utilities and related appurtenances. The contractor shall be aware of the location of all ' existing utilities and appurtenances. Any utilities damaged during construction will be replaced at the contractors expense. 1 1 H E ' 02200 PY410DRU "II SECTION 02200 Page 2 of 2 1 • • 11 L7 P $ACTION 02440 - METAL GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 9X61 6 !. Drawings and general provisions of Contract including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1„02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Metal gates shall include all labor and materials necessary to remove, modify, fabricate and reinstall electrical controlled rolling gate and manual gates including but not limited to the following. A. Removal of east and west gates. B. Refabrication and modifying existing gates. C. Fabrication of manual gates and panel. D. New wheels, track, brackets, mounting, guides, and etc. E. Electric automatic gate system - motors, sensing loops, card operators. F. Wiring and testing of all controls. G. End post and Swing Gates. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. 1 1. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for fence, controls, gates and accessories. ' 2. Shop drawings showing location of fence, gates, controls, and details of installations, hardware and accessories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain gate controls as complete unit, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a single manufacturer. 1 METAL GATES SECTION 02440 Page 1 of 3 • • SECTION 02440 - METAL GATES ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Metal gates shall include all labor and materials necessary to remove, modify, fabricate and reinstall electrical controlled rolling gate and manual gates including but not limited to the following. ' A. Removal of east and west gates. ' B. Refabrication and modifying existing gates. C. Fabrication of manual gates and panel. ' D. New wheels, track, brackets, mounting, guides, and etc. E. Electric automatic gate system - motors, sensing loops, ' card operators. F. Wiring and testing of all controls. ' 1.03 G. End post and Swing Gates. SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of ' Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. 1. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for ' fence, controls, gates and accessories. 2. Shop drawings showing location of fence, gates, controls, and details of installations, hardware and accessories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain gate controls as complete unit, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a single manufacturer. METAL GATES SECTION 02440 Page 1 of 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: ' 1. Gate frames, pickets, and construction shall match existing as closely as possible. ' 2. Steel components to comply with Metal Fabrication Section 05500. ' B. Automatic Gate System 1. The rolling gate openers shall be manufactured by ' Customline Inc., Azusa, CA,or approved equal. Heavy duty unit, with rigid weatherproof heavy gauge housing. Provide complete package including all necessary plated roller chain and factory installed electrical circuitry. Include overload protection, reversing contactors with interlock to prevent double closure. ' Motor to be 3/4 H.P., 120 v., Model M35. 2. Control Station - Access control to be "card reader" for entry and traffic detection loops at exiting. Provide 100 cards to City for controller. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION ' A. General: Fabrication of gates, panel, attachments, etc. shall be in compliance with requirements of Section 05500 Metal Fabrication. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in- place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, ' through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required. All such connectors and hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel. ' METAL GATES SECTION 02440 Page 2 of 3 1 ' END OF SECTION 1 METAL GATES SECTION 02440 ' Page 3 of 3 • 0 2. Cutting. Fittinc and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plum, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary ' bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar tconstruction. 3. Fit exposed connections.accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are ' not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch -up shop paint t coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or ' screwed field connections. 4. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc welding, appearance ' and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. C. Gates: Install gates plumb, level and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth ' operation and lubricate where necessary. ' END OF SECTION 1 METAL GATES SECTION 02440 ' Page 3 of 3 i • SECTION 02513 TRAFFIC MARKINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS; Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ' A. Extent of traffic markings are shown on drawings. B. Extent of basketball court markings is shown on ' drawings. (Also see Alternate #3). 1.03 STANDARDS: Standard specification, State of California and City of Newport Beach Department of Public Works and Division of Highways current edition. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, ' certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds specified requirements, herein. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 1.01 Paint: Marking paint shall be chlorinated rubber -alkyd type, FS TT -P -115, Type III. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 TRAFFIC AND COURT MARKINGS: A. Cleanine: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. B. Stripping: Use chlorinated- rubber base traffic lane ' marking paint, factory mixed, quick drying and non bleeding. C. Color: Parking stalls - WHITE Handicap - BLUE Court - SEE DETAIL D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply in two (2) coats at manufacturer's recommended rates. END OF SECTION ' 02513 TRAFFIC MARKINGS SECTION 02513 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 of 9 1 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Bunkers. 6. Exterior Concrete Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including 7. General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 ' Specification sections, apply to work of this section. unless exceeded by requirements of regualtory agencies 1.02 DESCRIPTION: ' Provide all Work constructed of cast -in -place concrete as indicated, specified and required. ' A. Work In This Section: Principal items include: 1. Furnishing, placing, and curing of ' cast-in -place concrete 2. Grout and drypack work ' 3. Placing of embedded anchor bolts and inserts. 4. Sand and Vapor barrier under interior floor slabs on grade. ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 of 9 1 5. Exterior Concrete Bunkers. 6. Exterior Concrete Paving. 7. Reinforcing Steel, (See drawing sheet S -1) ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: unless exceeded by requirements of regualtory agencies ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 of 9 1 A. Concrete Manufacturer: Furnish all concrete from licensed commercial ready -mix concrete plants conforming to ASTM C94 and approved by City. The requirements herein govern when exceeding ASTM C94. B. Allowable Tolerances: Construct concrete conforming to tolerances specified in ACI 301, "Specifications for ' Structural Concrete for Buildings ", as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements of regualtory agencies or otherwise indicated or specified. C. Source Quality Control: Refer to Division 10' for general testing requirements and to following paragraphs for specific procedures. Concrete materials which, by previous tests or actural service, have shown ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 of 9 1 conformance may be used without testing when approved by the City Testing Laboratory shall perform ' Following conformance testing. 1. Portland Cement: Furnish Mill Certificates, acceptable to the City showing conformance ' with requirements specified; otherwise, the Testing Laboratory shall test each 250 cubic yards of cement in accordance with ASTM C150. ' 2. Aggregate For Normal Weight Concrete: Test the aggregate before and after concrete mix is designed ' and whenever character of aggregate varies or source of material is changed. Include a sieve analysis. Obtain samples of aggregates at source of supply or at the ready -mix concrete plant in accordance with ASTM D75. Conform to ASTM C -33 for normal weight concrete and ASTM C -330 for lightweight concrete. ' 3. Lightweight Aggregates: Test for mix designed and whenever character of aggregate varies or source is changed in accordance with ASTM C330. Include a sieve analysis and report on unit weights, deleterious substances, unburned or underburned lumps, loss on ignition, soundness, and ' staining materials. 1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS: ' Testing Laboratory selected by contractor and approved by the City shall design concrete mixes for all concrete requiring 28 -day compressive strength exceeding 2,000 psi. ' Contractor shall bear all costs for concrete mix designs. The testing laboratory shall name a licensed engineer to review and sign for the mix design. ' A. Strength Requirements: Design mixes for structural concrete for minimum 28 -day compressive strengths required by Drawings and Specifications. The trial ' batch strength for each mix shall exceed indicated or specified strength by 750 psi or a lesser amount based on standard deviations of strength test records according to ACI 318. B. Basis of Mix Designs: Design concrete mixes for workability and durability of concrete. Control mixes ' in accordance with Chapter 4, ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ". ' C. Maximum Aggregate Sizes: Not exceeding 3/4 of minimum clear space between bars and between bars and forms, nor larger than 1/5 of least dimensions between the forms. Design the mixes with 3/4" maximum size, except 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 2 of 9 03300 the major dimension over 5 times average dimension) or over 2% by weight of shale or cherty material. 3. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C330, Ridgelite, Rocklite, or another coated expanded clay ,or shale product; coarse aggregate, dry loose weight minimum 38 pounds per cubic foot and maximum 9/16" size; fine aggergate, dry loose weight of 62 to 66 pounds per cubic foot, uniformly graded from t8 to t0 sizes; all aggregates vacuum or thermally fully saturated for pumped concrete. 4. Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A or D; only one brands approved by Structural Engineer. 5. Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N natural pozzolan 6. Air- entraining Admix: 7. Water: 8. Joint Filler: 9. Curing Compound: 10. Evaporation re- ASTM C260. From potable domestic source. ASTM D1751 and D1752,- as specified. ASTM C309, fugitive dye dissipating type. tardant and finish- ing aid: Master Builders "Confilm ", or equal. 11. Vapor Barrier: ASTM D2103, polyethylene sheeting, 10 mil thickness, with minimum 2" wide water- proof plastic tape, self - adhering type. 12. Non - Shrink Grout: Master Builders "Embeco ", or equal, non -gas- forming type, CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 4 of 9 1. Slurp: Adjust quantity of water so concrete at ' time of placing does not exceed the following slumps when tested according to ASTM C143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by ' part of structure being cast. Maximum Slump Part of Structure Inches Footings, foundation walls, and mass concrete not reinforced free of oxidizing catalysts Slabs on grade (containing no admixture) and accelerators, ' Slabs on grade (containing admxiture) performance characteristics when mixed to fluid Reinforced concrete over 8" thick consistency meeting CRD -C -79 Reinforced concrete 8" or less thick and CRD -C -588, non - staining ' Reinforced concrete slabs type in exposed areas. 13. Reinforcing Steel Refer to Structural 3.01 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETE PLACING: drawing Sheet S -1 ' 2.02 CONCRETE MIXING: A. Furnish ready -mixed concrete from an approved commercial off -site plant. Conform to ASTM C94, except ' materials, testing, and mix designs as specified herein. Use transit mixer trucks equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. 1. Slurp: Adjust quantity of water so concrete at ' time of placing does not exceed the following slumps when tested according to ASTM C143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by ' part of structure being cast. Maximum Slump Part of Structure Inches mixing and conveying equipment. ' 1. Wetting: Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability. I 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 ' Page 5 of 9 Footings, foundation walls, and mass concrete not reinforced 4 Slabs on grade (containing no admixture) 3 ' Slabs on grade (containing admxiture) 3 -4 Reinforced concrete over 8" thick 4 Reinforced concrete 8" or less thick 4 -1/2 ' Reinforced concrete slabs 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETE PLACING: ' A. Remove free water from forms before concrete is deposited. Remove hardened concrete, debris, and all foreign materials from forms and from surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment. ' 1. Wetting: Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability. I 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 ' Page 5 of 9 ' 2. Earth Subgrade: Lightly dampen subgrade 24 hours before placing concrete but do not muddy. Re -roll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose ' material. 3. Sand Fill: Recompact disturbed sand fill and bring to correct elevation. 4. Subslab Drainage Fill: Recompact disturbed material and bring to the correct elevation. 5. Vapor Barrier: Install under interior floor slabs on grade. Lap all joints 6" in the direction of concrete spreading and tape seal. Seal the joints ' at walls and around penetrations with tape. Cover barrier with 2" layer of clean sand. ' 6. Screeds: Set screeds at all walls and maximum 8 -foot centers between. Set to provide level floor. Check with an instrument level, transit, or laser during placing operation to maintain level ' floor. I 7. Screeds Over Vapor Barrier: Use weighted pad or cradle type screeds and do not drive stakes through vapor barrier. Check with instrument level, transit, or laser. 3.02 CONCRETE PAVING: A. Joints in Concrete: Locate joints only where approved. Obtain prior approval for points of stoppage of any pour. ' B. Conveying and Placing: Do not place concrete until reinforcing steel, forms, or metal decking have been approved by the City and other authorities having ' jurisdiction. Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one portion to another. Place concrete by 1 methods that prevent segregation of materials. ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 6 of 9 ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 ' Page 7 of 9 C. Compacting: Compact each layer of concrete as placed with mechanical vibrators or equivalent equipment. Transmit vibration directly to concrete and in no case through forms unless approved. Accomplish thorough compaction. Supplement by rodding or spading by hand ' adjacent to forms. Compact concrete into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Recompact deep sections with congestion due to reinforcing steel. D. Slabs: Compact and tamp concrete, and bring 1/8" to 3/16 of coarse mortar to surface. Wood float to straightedges and screeds. Do not use steel or plastic ' floats of any kind for initial floating operations. Do not apply finishes until all surface water disappears ' and surface is sufficiently hardened. Remove bleed water and laitance as it appears. Slab finishing is specified in Paragraph 3.44• 1. Slab Joints: Refer to sheet S -8 of Structural drawings or joint details. 2. Expansion Joints: Conform to details and the approved submittal. Provide expansion joint filler finished flush with slab surface except for those ' joints shown to be sealed with sealant. 3.03 CURING FORMED CONCRETE: Keep forms containing concrete in a wet condition until removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least 7 days after placement. Keep concrete moist with a fine fog water spray until protected by curing media. During times of dry or excessive winds, high ambient temperature, low humidity, or other conditions causing rapid drying, use specified evaporation retardant and finishing aid material ' in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and cure concrete with a fine fog spray of water, or equal, applied both during and after finishing and continued until final 1 curing operations are started. Use water curing method, curing sheet material, or a clear liquid membrane - forming curing compound except as otherwise specified. Do not use any type of finishing or curing materials or methods that interfere with the correct application or bonding of subsequent materials; verify exact requirements with all applicable trades. ' 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 ' Page 7 of 9 1 I Provide areaways, cast -in -place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, bases, and other miscellaneous concrete as shown and required to complete all Work. Conform to applicable requirements herein. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Supervision: Perform Work of this Section under the supervision of a capable concrete superintendent. B. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing operations to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level, transit, or laser. C. Inspection: Construct all structural concrete of design strength exceeding 2,500 psi under continuous inspection. 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 8 of 9 3.04 SLAB FINISHING: A. Interior Slabs: To have fine steel towel finish, without trowel marks or tool marks. F #I s per Structural Drawing S -1. ' B. Exterior Slabs: To have medium broom finish. Except at play court area. Refer to Civic drawings for special finishes. 3.05 GROUTING AND DRYPACKING: A. Install as indicated or required 1. Mixing: Mix the approved non - shrink grout material with sufficient water per manufacturers recommendations. so it flows under its own weight 4nd to just moisten and bind the ' materiai together for drypack. 2. Placing and Curing: Place drypack by forcing, and rodding to fill all voids and provide complete ' bearing under plates. Place fluid grout from one side only and puddle, chain, or pump for complete filling of voids; do not remove the dams or forms until grout attains initial set. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and cure with damp burlap at least 3 days. ' 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE WORK: 1 I Provide areaways, cast -in -place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, bases, and other miscellaneous concrete as shown and required to complete all Work. Conform to applicable requirements herein. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Supervision: Perform Work of this Section under the supervision of a capable concrete superintendent. B. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing operations to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level, transit, or laser. C. Inspection: Construct all structural concrete of design strength exceeding 2,500 psi under continuous inspection. 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 8 of 9 I L I III n L I I • • E. Testing of Concrete: Testing Laboratory shall perform following tests: 1. Compressive Strength Tests: Cast one set of four cylinders from each day's placing and each 150 cubic yard, or fraction thereof, of each strength of structural concrete. Date cylinders, number, and tag showing the location from which sample was taken. Indicate slump test result of sample. Do not make more than two series of tests from any one location or batch of concrete. 2. Test Cylinders: Cast according to ASTM C31; 24 hours later, store cylinders under moist curing conditions at about 70 degrees F. Test according to ASTM C39 and 7 and 28 day ages save (1) cylinder F. Shrinkage Tests for Lightweight Structural Concrete: Perform following test for each 150 cubic yards of lightweight structural concrete. 1. Specimens: 4" by 4" by 11" long bars, cured for 7 days in a moist room and as specified in ASTM C157. Make measurements at 7 -da7 intervals to 35 day age. 2. Allowable Shrinkage: Not to exceed 0.05% after period of 35 days. 3. Previous Tests: The ready -mix concrete manufacturer may furnish certified test reports from an approved Testing Laboratory as proof of meeting shrinkage requirements provided aggregates used and concrete covered by such test reports conform to the mix design approved for use on the Work. G. Core Tests- Should tests show the strength of any concrete falls below required minimum, additional testing of concrete which unsatisfactory tests represent may be required. Make core tests according to ASTM C42. Fill the core holes with drypack concrete of strength required for concrete. Contractor shall bear cost of tests for below- strength concrete even if such tests indicate concrete has attained required minimum compressive strength. H. Replace Concrete: Concrete that has been placed, but the test cylinder and core test do not meet or exceed design strength shall be replaced by Contractor. All expense of removal and replacing shall be paid by Contractor. END OF SECTION 1 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 9 of 9 • • SECTION 04220 - CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of masonry work is indicated on the drawings. B. Work includes: 1. Concrete masonry units and masonry caps. 2. Setting and attaching all bolts, anchors, inserts, etc._ 3. Reinforcing steel. refer to drawings sheet S -1. 4. Grout and mortar. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Masonry construction, materials and methods shall be in strict compliance with written standards of the UBC latest edition and the Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada. B. All masonry units are to be from manufacturer in ' uniform texture and color. Masonry units shall match existing buildings exactly. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Submit manufacturer's specifications and data for each type of masonry unit. Submit certification that each type of masonry complies with requirements of the specifications. Submit sample of masonry units for comparison review by the architect to verify match to existing buildings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: ' 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SECTION 04220 Page 1 of 3 ' A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90 Grade N,Light Weight units with minimum face shell thickness of 1 -1/4 ". Size as indicated on drawings..CMU to have center vertical ' score, tan to match existing buildings. CMU to be 16" x 8" thickness as shown on drawints. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II Low Alkali. ' C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C144. D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615 Grade 60 ' F. Water: Potable. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT: ' Shall be in accordance with Concrete Masonry Association's Standard Specifications, 1964 Edition. ' A. Materials shall be adequately and accurately measured in suitable calibrated boxes. Shovel measurements will ' not be allowed. B. Sand, cement and water shall be placed in the mixer in that order. Mix for at least two (2) minutes. Add ' lime and continue mixing to a uniform mass, but in no case less than ten (10) minutes. ' C. Use mixers of at least one (1) sack capacity. Batches requiring fractional sacks will not be permitted. ' D. Mortar unused within one (1) hour after initial mixing shall be discarded and disposed of. E. Grout: Refer to Structural Sheet S -1. F. Admixture: "Suconem GA" (Grout Aid) Type 2, as manufactured by Super Concrete Emulsions, Ltd., Los Angeles, California, or approved equal, and used in strict accordance with manufacturer's latest printed recommendations. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL: Accurately set and place reinforcing steel and ties in accordance with the drawings and notes thereon. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Refer to Drawing Sheet S -1. ' 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SECTION 04220 ' Page 2 of 3 A. Provide dowels to be set into existing floors and walls ' in accordance with drawings and notes thereon. PART 3 — EXECUTION ' 3.01 DELIVERY AND PROTECTION: Masonry materials shall be packed in a manner to prevent damage from transportation and weather. Cement and lime to be delivered to the job in the original unopened containers. Handle masonry material in a manner to prevent chipping, spalling, cracking or other injury. Store off ground and protect from the weather. Dampening of masonry units to reduce suction is prohibited. ' 3.02 CURING: ' Water loss shall be controlled by moistening of masonry units prior to laying. No water shall be applied to wall after tooling mortar joints. 3.03 LAYING: Lay units plumb and true. Carefully cut where necessary to fit around adjoining construction, inserts, etc. Fit all angles and corners square and true. All joints shall be carefully raked and tooled to produce a dense surface, well ' bonded to block on all edges. A. Align all joints (vertical and horizontal) with existing pattern. ' B. Face of new masonry shall be flush with face of existing masonry. ' END OF SECTION Ii 1 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITE 9ECTION 04220 Page 3 of 3 ' SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including ' General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of structural steel work is shown on drawings, ' including schedules, notes and details to show size and location of members, typical connections and type of steel required. B. Structural steel is that work defined in AISC "Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. C. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications are specified else- where in Division -5. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of ' following, except as otherwise indicated: 1. AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges ". ' 2. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings ", ' including the "Commentary" and Supplements thereto as issued. B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure" Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed ASW qualification tests within 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's responsibility. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit producer's or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 1 of 6 05120 E. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts. Provide hexagonal heads and nuts for all connections. STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 2 of 6 and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified standards). 1. Structural steel (each type), including certified ' copies of mill report covering chemical and physical properties. B. Shop Drawines: Submit shop drawings prepared under ' supervision of a registered professional engineer, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members procedures and diagrams. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standards AWS symbols, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Provide setting ' drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others. ' 1.05 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are ' to be embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not delay that work. B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection ' and identification. Keep steel members off the ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. Do not store materials on structure in ' a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Structural Steel Shaves. Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36, ' except where other type steel is indicated. B. Hot-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B. ' D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, nonheaded type unless otherwise indicated. 05120 E. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts. Provide hexagonal heads and nuts for all connections. STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 2 of 6 ' 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 3 of 6 F. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code. For high- strength low -alloy steel, provide electrodes, welding rods and filler metals equal in strength and ' compatible in appearance with parent metal joined. G. Structural Steel Primer Paint: Fabricator's standard ' rust - inhibiting primer. H. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III and clean, uniformly graded, natural sand ' (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. ' 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble ' structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on ' final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery ' sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects. ' B. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indi- cated. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated. C. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for proce- dures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Assemble and weld build-up sections by methods which will produce true alignment of axes without warp. For high- strength low -alloy steels, follow welding procedures as recommended by steel producer for exposed and concealed connections. D. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing, and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. Cut, drill or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not ' flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. ' 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 3 of 6 ' 2.03 SHOP PAINTING: ' A. General: Shop paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel which is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2" of embedded areas only. Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: ' Erector must examine areas and conditions under which structural steel work is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 ERECTION: A. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of suffi- cient strength to bear imposed loads. ' B. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete work. C. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connec- tors required for securing structural steel to founda- tions and other in -place work. Furnish templates and ' other devices as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. D. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and ' masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. ' E. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. F. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 4 of 6 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 5 of 6 ' various members forming a part of a complete frame or ' structure before permanently fastening. G. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by use of drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. ' Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. H. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean ' field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of ' 2.0 mils. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work which inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. ' B. Shop Bolted Connections: Inspect in accordance with AISC specifications. C. Shop Welding: City may test and inspect during fabrication of structural steel assemblies, as follows: ' 1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Perform visual inspection of all welds. 3. Perform test of groove welds as follows: ' a. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164• 4• If fabrication is located outside of Orange County the Contractor shall pay cost of City inspector to visit fabricator to perform the shop welding inspection that cannot be performed at the site. 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 5 of 6 0 • D. Field Bolted Connections: Inspect in accordance with AISC specifications. E. Field Welding: Inspect and test during erection of structural steel as follows: 1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Perform visual inspection of all welds. 3. Perform tests of groove welds as follows: a. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164• END OF SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05120 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 05310 - METAL ROOF DECKING ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION: Provide metal roof decking as indicated, specified, and ' required. Work In This Section: Principal items include: ' 1. Metal roof decking with accessories. 2. Reinforcement at decking edges and openings. 3. Holes through decking, with reinforcing. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualifications of Welders: Employ welding operators ' that are currently tested and certified in accordance with Code. ' B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Provide metal roof deck systems that meet UL and Code requirements for 1 -hour fire-rated deck systems. C. Source Quality Control: Furnish decking manufacturer's certified mill analyses and test reports covering all decking. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Refer to Division '1' for urocedures. r 05310 METAL ROOF DECKING SECTION 05310 1 Page 1 of 3 ' A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings detailing and dimensioning metal decking including accessories, ' fastenings, welding, holes with reinforcing, fleshings, and closures. Indicate welding according to AWS Standard Welding Symbols. Show Dimensioned layouts for openings and reinforcing details. B. Calculations and Data: If metal decking of type differing from that indicated or specified is proposed, submit the manufacturer's calculations and supporting data showing that proposed decking conforms to requirements indicated and specified. Include the ' decking manufacturer's technical Product Data and copies of Code approvals for proposed decking. Submit with Shop Drawings and obtain approval prior to ' fabrication and delivery of decking. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DECKING MATERIALS: ' Furnish metal decking having galvanized coating conforming to ASTM A525, Class G90. ' A. Roof Decking: Type and manufacture noted on the Drawings, lengths to span over at least two supports unless otherwise indicated, each panel factory slotted or having rolled -in moisture venting provisions. B. Accessories: Furnish all indicated and necessary ' decking accessories including, without limitation, welding washers and welding anchors, closures, transitions, and fuller strips, as required for ' complete installations. Provide bent plate closures, angles, channels, and other attachments as required for all openings through decking for ducts, shafts, piping, ' and other penetrations; where decking changes direction; and at decking perimeter; fabricated of 16 gage galvanized steel unless otherwise shown. 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DECKING: 05310 1 Verify dimensions and actual site conditions to ensure proper fit and installation. METAL ROOF DECKING SECTION 05310 Page 2 of 3 I I 1-1 1 1 i 7 1 N I • • A. Placing: Place metal decking on supports with full bearing, end joints centered on supports, and adjust to correct final position before completing permanent attachments. Place units in straight alignment for the entire length of run of flutes with close registration of flutes and with maximum 1/8" gap between ends of units, minimum 2" bearing on the supports. Do not splice units except at supports. Conform to Code approvals and approved submittals. B. Cutting and Fitting: Perform cutting and tight fitting at perimeters and other openings. Secure hole reinforcement to decking with fillet welds placed on both sides of reinforcing members. Place reinforcement channels and angles across flutes and to project a distance beyond sides of openings equal to the maximum size of the opening unless otherwise shown. Perform field cutting and trimming square and neat, equal to factory cutting. C. Welding: Use materials and methods in strict accordance with recommendations of metal decking manufacturer and approved submittals. Conform to AWS D1.1 and to the patterns and weld types shown, finished welds free of sharp points or edges. Field coat all welds and abraded surfaces upon completion with repair material. Omit the field coating where welds or abrasions are covered by concrete fill or sprayed fireproofing, D. Damaged Decking: Remove and replace all metal decking showing denting or other damage that adversely affects the decking strength or subsequent materials, as directed. 3.02 CLEANING AND TOUCH -UP: Remove surplus materials. Clean and touch -up raw edges of decking out for openings with repair material. Leave decks ready to receive subsequent materials. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspection: Install metal decking under continuous inspection, welding approved by approved testing laboratory before being covered. ' END OF SECTION 05310 u METAL ROOF DECKING SECTION 05310 Page 3 of 3 • ' SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 - GENERAL • ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION: Provide miscellaneous metal fabrications as indicated, specified and required. A. Work In This Section: Principal items include: ' 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.03 QUALITY Window lintel angles. Handrails and supports. Skylight and roof opening closures. All miscellaneous metal fabrications required to complete the work. Roof Access ladders. ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following as applicable: 1. AISC Standards: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings; and Steel Construction Manual. 2. AWS Standards: AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. ShoP Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings fully detailing all Work of this Section, including accessories, fastenings, and welding. Include minor connections and fastenings not indicated or specified to meet ' required conditions; indicate in detail on Shop Drawings. ' 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING: Protect materials from damage during shipping, handling and storage. Work showing dents, creases, deformations, weathering, or other defects is not acceptable. Deliver welding electrodes to site in unbroken packages bearing I05500 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 1 of 5 ' • • I 11 I I I I u 1 �J I I F] I I manufacturer's name and contents identification. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: Verify all field measurements as required. Report any major discrepancy between the Drawings and field dimensions to the City before fabrication of Work. Exercise caution to protect concrete floor surfaces and adjacent Work from damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS: A. Furnish materials conforming to the following: 1. Steel shapes: 2. Steel tubing: 3. Bolts and nuts: 4. Electrodes: 5. Primer: 6. Non - Shrink grout: 7. Galvanizing: 8. Galvanizing repair material: ASTM A36. ASTM A501, or ASTM A36. ASTM A307. AWS D1.1, E70XX Series as required for intended use. Red lead per Fed Spec TT- P -86G,j Type I, II or III; zinc chromate per Fed Spec TT -P -645; or alkyd type per Fed Spec TT- P -636D. Master Builders "Embeco ", W. R. Grace "Vibrofil ", or equal. ASTM A123 hot dip, 2.0 ounce psf on actual surface with minimum 1.8 ounce on any specimen. All States Galvanizing Powder, Drygalv by American Solder and Flux, or equal hot applied material or anodic zinc -rich galvanizing. 2.02 GENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: 05500 Conform to the approved submittals, reference standards as applicable to the Work, and the requirements herein. Fabricate and form the Work to meet actual installation conditions as verified at the site. Obtain necessary METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 2 of 5 B. Shop Priming: Clean surfaces according to AISC Speci- fications. Apply shop coat of metal primer to minimum 1.0 mil dry film thickness. Work primer into joints. Do not prime galvanized items or items embedded in concrete or masonry. C. Galvanizing: Galvanize specified items after fabri- cation is completed. Produce coating free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, barbs, sags, and other surface blemishes. D. Miscellaneous Items: Fabricate items not specifically mentioned according to the Drawings, approved shop drawings, and as required to complete the entire work. Galvanize exterior items and shop prime interior items unless otherwise shown or specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION t3.01 PREPARATION: Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. ' 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 3 of 5 templates and information and provide all holes and drilling indicated or required for securing Work of ' other trades to metal fabrications. A. Welding: Conform to AWS D1.1, as modified by refer- enced AISC Standards, and as indicated or noted on Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, weld joints by shielded electric -arc method. Grind ' exposed welds subject to contact to smooth surfaces free of holes, slag, or other defects, flush with adjoining surfaces. No finishing treatment is required for permanently concealed welds and other exposed welds ' except as specified herein. Cut out defective welding with chisel or air arc and replace. B. Shop Priming: Clean surfaces according to AISC Speci- fications. Apply shop coat of metal primer to minimum 1.0 mil dry film thickness. Work primer into joints. Do not prime galvanized items or items embedded in concrete or masonry. C. Galvanizing: Galvanize specified items after fabri- cation is completed. Produce coating free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, barbs, sags, and other surface blemishes. D. Miscellaneous Items: Fabricate items not specifically mentioned according to the Drawings, approved shop drawings, and as required to complete the entire work. Galvanize exterior items and shop prime interior items unless otherwise shown or specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION t3.01 PREPARATION: Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. ' 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 3 of 5 1 0 0 1 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in -place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required. A 2. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work i accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plum, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction. 3. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. ' Grind exposed joints smooth and touch -up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. 4. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures A of manual shielded metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. 11 I ' 05500 I B. Grouting: Provide grouting for Work of the Section as shown, specified, and required. Use non - shrink grout and conform to manufacturer's directions. C. Galvanizing Repair: Wire brush welds and damaged coating to clean bright metal. Apply three coats of galvanizing repair paint where surfaces are concealed or are to be finish painted. Use the specified hot - applied galvanizing repair compound where surfaces remain exposed and unpainted. METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 4 of 5 D. Shop Prime Coat Repair: Do not apply metal primer in wet weather unless steel is protected from dampness and is dry. Clean field welds, field bolts, and all damaged shop primer after erection and apply a spot coat of the same primer used for the shop coat. E. Fasteners: Provide fasteners and connectors of approved types as required for the installations, whether or not indicated. Provide galvanized fasteners for galvanized items and for exterior use. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 Page 5 of 5 1 0 tSECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY IPART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. M 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. Types of work in this section include rough carpentry for: 1. Wood framing. 2. Timbers for posts and beams. 3. Wood ground, nailers, blocking and sleepers. 4. Glu-laminate members. 5. Sheathing. 6. Subflooring. 7. Rough Hardware. I 8. Stairs in Building No. 3. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING: Delivery and Storage: Keep materials dry at all times. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood, and provide air circulation within stacks. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: 1 06100 Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 1 of 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20, B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1. C. Factory -mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed with transparent finish or without finish. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Lumber, General: 1. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise specified. b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing. 2. Framing Lumber (2" through 4" thick): a. For 2" x 4" stud framing, provide "Construction" Grade lumber No. 1 grade for larger pieces, Douglas Fir. b. For structural framing, provide No. 1 grade, Douglas Fir. 3. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nails, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes shown or specified, worked into shapes shown, and as follows: Moisture content: 15% maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 2 of 6 a. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of Douglas Fir or board size lumber as required. Provide construction grade boards or No. 2 boards (WWPA). b. Plywood: Shall be Douglas Fir conforming to Comm. Prod. STD. P.S. -1 Gizade marked in accordance with A.P.A. C. Concealed Plywood: Where plywood will be concealed by other work, provide structural I conforming to product standard PS 1 -24. For plywood sheathing and subflooring, provide with exterior glue. B. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, ' bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommending nails. 2. Building Paper: Asphalt saturated felt, non-perforated, ASTM D 226. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT: A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is I indicated as "Treated ", or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of AWPB 1 standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements. 1. Pressure -treat above - ground items with water -borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP -2. After treatment, kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15%. Treat indicated items and the following: a. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 3 of 6 C. Wood framing members less than 18" above grade. 2. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to fabricate work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. 2. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accu- rately cut and fitted. t3. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. b. Suspended Furring: Provide size and spacing shown, including hangers and attachment devices. Level to a tolerance of 1 /8" in 10' j6. Wood Framing, General: 1 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 4 of 6 4. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking and Sleepers: 1 Provide wherever shown and where required for screening or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. 5. Wood Furring: a. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. b. Suspended Furring: Provide size and spacing shown, including hangers and attachment devices. Level to a tolerance of 1 /8" in 10' j6. Wood Framing, General: 1 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 4 of 6 06100 a. Provide framing members of sizes and on spacings shown, and frame openings as shown. Do not splice structural members between supports. b. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with recommendations of the N.F.P.A. C. Firestop concealed spaces with wood blocking not less than 2" thick, if not blocked by other framing members. Provide blocking at each building story level and at ends of joist spans. 7. Stud Framing: a. General: Provide stud framing where as shown spaced 16" o.c. with long face perpendicular to direction of wall or partition. Provide single bottom plate and double -top plates 2" thick by width of studs; except single top plate may be used for non - load - bearing partitions. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. Construct corners and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Provide miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items and trim. Provide continuous horizontal blocking row at mid - height of single -story partitions, using 2" thick members of same width as wall or partitions. b. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. C. For non - bearing partitions, provide double -jamb studs and headers not less than 4" deep for openings 3' and less in width, and not less than 6" deep for wider openings. 8. Joist Framing: a. General: Provide framing of sizes and spacings shown. Install with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1 -1/2" of bearing on wood or metal. Attach to wood bearing members by toe nailing or metal ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 5 of 6 1 • • I I I 1 9. I 1 I I I I I I I END OF SECTION 06100 connectors; frame to wood supporting members with wood ledgers as shown, or if not shown, with metal connectors. Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and trimmers where span of header exceeds 4'. Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to 1/6 -depth of Joist, 1/3 at ends. Do not bore holes larger than 1/3 -depth of joist or locate closer than 2" from top or bottom. Provide solid blocking (2" thick by depth of joist) at ends of joists unless nailed to header or band member. Installation of Plywood: a. Comply with recommendations of the American Plywood Association (APA), for the installation of plywood. b. Sheathing and Subflooring: Install as recom- mended by APA for spacing of supports or types of substrates involved in the work. Provide thickness shown. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 6 of 6 I I I I J I I I I I • • SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentry work which is exposed to view, is non - structural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. B. Types of finish carpentry work in this section include: 1. Wood door frames, casings and stops. 2. Fixed glass - wood stops. 3. Wood storage shelving. 4. Handrailings. C. Finish hardware and wood doors are specified in Division -8 sections. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 06200 1 A. Protect finish carpentry materials during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. B. Do not deliver finish carpentry materials, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforseen circumstances, finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Page 1 of 4 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Page 2 of 4 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Conditioning: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity conditions have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product indicated. B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1 1ANSI A199.1. C. Hardwood Lumber Standard: Comply with National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) rules. D. Woodworkine Standard: Where indicated for a specific product comply with specified provision of the following: "Manual Woodwork Institute of California (WIC) of Millwork ". r4. Inspect each piece of lumber and plywood or each unit of finish carpentry after drying; do not use twisted, warped, bowed or otherwise damaged or defective wood. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. General: 1. Net sizes are indicated. Provide dressed or worked and dressed lumber, as applicable, manufactured to the actual sizes as required by PS 20 or to actual sizes and patterns as shown, unless otherwise indicated. 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Page 2 of 4 IPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. B. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using conealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'0" for plumb and 2. Moisture Content of Softwood Lumber: Provide flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed seasoned (KD) lumber having a moisture content from time of manufacture until time of installation not D. Anchor finish carpentry work to anchorage devices or greater than values required by the applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspec- sunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required ting agency for the species and product indicated. 3. Kiln -dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture finishing nails for exposed nailings, countersunk and content of 15% for plywood, 19% for lumber. finish where transparent is indicated. 4. Inspect each piece of lumber and plywood or each unit of finish carpentry after drying; do not use twisted, warped, bowed or otherwise damaged or ' defective wood. IPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Page 3 of 4 B. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using conealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. C. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Anchor finish carpentry work to anchorage devices or blocking built -in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with counter- sunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is indicated. 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Page 3 of 4 • 3.02 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING. FINISHING AND PROTECTION: A. Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean finish carpentry work on exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. Touch -up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. C. Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 Pau* 4 lit 4 • • SECTION 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED: A. Mill fabricated architectural woodwork, and casework, including countertops. Refer to drawings, schedule and specifications for location and extent of work. 1. Work benches. 2. Counter /cabinets. 3. Shelves. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Perform architectural woodwork in accordance with recommendations of Woodwork institute of California (WIC) "Manual of Millwork ", custom grade. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials and wood species, component profiles, fastening, joining details, finishes, and accessories. C. Certification: WIC certification shall not be required. D. Samples: Provide the following: 1. Plastic laminates. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Do not deliver architectural woodwork until site conditions are adequate to receive work; protect items from weather while in transit. 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06400 Page 1 of 4 1 • • 1 B. Store materials indoors, in ventilated areas with constant but minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: ' A. Plastic Laminates: Comply with NEMA, LD -3 for type and thickness, color, pattern and finish indicated for each application, as selected by architect from manufacturer's standard products: 1. Acceptable manufacturers: Formica Corporation Wilsonart Lamin -Art B. Quality Standards: For following types of architec- tural woodwork; comply with indicated standards as applicable: 1. Plastic Laminate Cabinets: WIC Section 15. 2. Plastic Laminate Countertops: WIC Section 16. 3. Miscellaneous Work: WIC Section 11. C. Des n: Cabinets, locker and casework shall be flush overlay style, laminate plastic faced as described in Section 15 of WIC Handbook. D. Stainless Steel: Work bench tops, splash, and edge to be 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel, seamless construction. Unerside to be sound deadened. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate architectural woodwork in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Plastic Laminate: 1. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. 2. Make corners and ,joint hairline; slightly bevel arises. ' 3 Locate butt joints at least 2' -0" from cutouts. 4. Cap exposed edges with plastic laminate of same finish and pattern. 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06400 Page 2 of 4 2. Drawer guides: Full extension , Grant #329. 3. Roll -out shelves: Full extension , Grant #329. 4. Door and drawer pulls: Amerock #482- 2C - #l. S. Adjustable shelves: Standards - KY 233 Brackets - KV 237 ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Field measure to obtain accurate clearances and sizes. B. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity con - ditions in installation areas prior to installing. C. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates, well in advance of time substrates are to be built. 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06400 Page 3 of 4 5. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of laminate surfaces. 6. Provide cutouts for inserts, fixtures, and fittings; verify locations from on -site dimensions 7. Prime paint contact surfaces of cutouts. tC. Use concealed fastening devices or nails only. D. Shop assemble architectural Woodwork in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. ' 2.03 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory material for architectural woodwork. 1. Work bench hardware shall be heavy duty type. drawer guides, Grant #3320. B. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: 1. Hinge! Cabinets PIVOT (Semi- concealed) Work bench: PIVOT (Semi - concealed) Storage Mortised Butt 2. Drawer guides: Full extension , Grant #329. 3. Roll -out shelves: Full extension , Grant #329. 4. Door and drawer pulls: Amerock #482- 2C - #l. S. Adjustable shelves: Standards - KY 233 Brackets - KV 237 ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Field measure to obtain accurate clearances and sizes. B. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity con - ditions in installation areas prior to installing. C. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates, well in advance of time substrates are to be built. 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06400 Page 3 of 4 1 1 3.03 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING. FINISHING AND PROTECTION: A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible D. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required, including back priming ' B. and removal of packing. 3.02 INSTALLATION: for proper operation. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. A. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8' -0" for D. plumb and level (including countertops); and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. B. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and re- finish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. END OF SECTION C. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built -in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching I fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. E. Countertops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. 1 3.03 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING. FINISHING AND PROTECTION: A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. ' B. Clean hardware, lubricate and make final adjustments for proper operation. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. Touch -up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. D. Protection: Installer of architectural woodwork shall advise Contractor of procedures required to protect architectural woodwork during remainder of construction period to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06400 Page 4 of 4 2.01 General: On exterior walls indicated on drawings, apply APOC #30 -WP -GR Waterproofing System as specified in Asphalt Products Oil Corp. (APOC) Specifications Manual. 2.02 Materials' SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL PER 100 SQUARE FEET 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: APOC #300 Primer (one gallon) .......... 10 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including 1 First Course APOC #300 (6 gallons) . General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, lbs. apply to work specified in this section. i1.02 lbs. DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Second Course APOC #300 (6 gallons) .... 60 Extent of waterproofing work for below grade is indicated APOC Chopped Glass Reinforcement on the drawings. lbs. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 134 lbs. A. Qualifications: Materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's latest printed instructions. B. Delivery and Storage of Materials: All materials shall be delivered and stored on single stacked pallets. Damaged materials shall be removed from the premises. C. Submittal: Manufacturer's data and product literature including applicable instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General: On exterior walls indicated on drawings, apply APOC #30 -WP -GR Waterproofing System as specified in Asphalt Products Oil Corp. (APOC) Specifications Manual. Protective Course 1/4 inch APOC Protection Panel is to be included as a part of materials required and shall be in conformance with ASTM Procedure E96, method B &BW rated 0.000 grains /hr. /sq.ft. 07100 WATERPROOFING SECTIION 07100 Page 1 of 2 2.02 Materials' SUMMARY OF MATERIALS PER 100 SQUARE FEET APOC #300 Primer (one gallon) .......... 10 lbs. First Course APOC #300 (6 gallons) . 60 lbs. APOC Chopped Glass Reinforcement ....... 2 lbs. Second Course APOC #300 (6 gallons) .... 60 lbs. APOC Chopped Glass Reinforcement 2 lbs. 134 lbs. Protective Course 1/4 inch APOC Protection Panel is to be included as a part of materials required and shall be in conformance with ASTM Procedure E96, method B &BW rated 0.000 grains /hr. /sq.ft. 07100 WATERPROOFING SECTIION 07100 Page 1 of 2 • • 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. The wall surfaces shall be clean, smooth, dry and firm. C END OF SECTION J IJ 1 07100 i WATERPROOFING SECTIION 07100 Page 2 of 2 All cracks, voids, holes and depressions shall be carefully filled by the General Contractor with cement ' grout to provide a flush and solid surface with all projections removed. ' 3.02 A. Reinforcing: Prior to application of the membrane courses reinforce all angles at footings, corners or offsets with an extra application of #300 and Glass Fabrics. Allow to tack dry before application of first course. B. Membrane Application: Membrane Courses - The primed surface shall receive individual smooth, even spray applications of APOC #300 at the rate of 6 gallons per 100 sq. ft. with a glass chopper gun set for 3/4 to 1 -1/2 inch length cuts. Allow each course to dry before starting the succeeding course. Allow the last course to dry thoroughly before the protection course is installed. C. Membrane Protection: The Applicator shall furnish and install 1/4 inch APOC Protection Panels. The General Contractor shall furnish and install bracing necessary to hold panels in place during back -fill operations. The Applicator shall protect the Membrane System from damage until the finished system has been approved and accepted. The General Contractor shall furnish and maintain all pumping apparatus day and night to prevent any water contact with walls until membrane is fully ' dry and accepted as finished work. D. Back -fill: Depositing of back -fill shall be done in ' such a manner as to prevent injury to the finished work. C END OF SECTION J IJ 1 07100 i WATERPROOFING SECTIION 07100 Page 2 of 2 • • SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: I A. General: All insulating materials shall be as manufactured by Owens- Corning Fiberglass or an approved equal. 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07210 Page 1 of 3 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including ' General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Extent of insulation work is shown on drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Thermal Conductivity: Thicknesses shown are for thermal conductivity (E -value at 75 F or 24 C) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal value, provide appropriate ' thickness. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation required. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: ' General protections: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's ' recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: I A. General: All insulating materials shall be as manufactured by Owens- Corning Fiberglass or an approved equal. 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07210 Page 1 of 3 B. Ceiling (Attic) Spaces: Wood framing buildings #2, #3, and #5: FS -25 insulation with stapling flange for wood frame construction 24" x 94" x 3 1/2 ", R -11 value. C. Interior Sound Attenuated Walls: Noise barrier batt t insulation for wood frame construction, 15" x 94" x 3 1/2 ", R -11 value. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size as recommended by insulation manufacturer for type of application and condition of substrate. B. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between units and filling voids in work. PART 3 - EXECUTION i 3.01 INSPECTION: Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for ' particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for ' specific recommendations before proceeding with work. to make up total thickness. ' 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07210 Page 2 of 3 2. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insula- tion. Remove projections which interfere with placement. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation or required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. ' 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07210 Page 2 of 3 L� • B. General Building Insulation: 1. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recom- mendations. If no specific method is indicated, use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 2. Set foil -faced units accurately with foil interior of building (Plenum area). END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07210 Page 3 of 3 I • SECTION 07212 - RIGID INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: • Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Extent of rigid insulation work is shown on drawings. building N4 low metal roof area ONLY. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Thermal Conductivity: Thicknesses shown are for thermal conductivity (R -value at 75 F or 24 C) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal value, provide appropriate thickness. ' B. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire - resistance, flammability and comply with governing regulations as interpreted by authorities. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation and material to be installed. ' 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: General protections: Do not allow insulation materials to ' become wet or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General: All insulating materials shall be as manufactured by International Perlite, Inc. 07212 RIGID INSULATION SECTION 07212 ' Page 1 of 2 ' 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between units and filling voids in work. PART 3 - EXECUTION ` 3.01 INSPECTION: CJ i I Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work. 2. Extend insulation full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insula- tion. Remove projections which interfere with placement. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation or required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. END OF SECTION 07200 07212 7"i Rim ,F�.4a 4163 Z SECTION 07212 Page 2 of 2 B. Rigid insulation shall conform to thermal values 'R' _ ' 10.0 and 'C' be Permalite _ .10, thickness Isolite or approved 1.5 ". Insulation shall equal. C. Mechanical fastener shall be "Permafastner ", 3" x 3" x ' 0.018" steel plate with 2 1/3" self - drilling, self- tapping screws. ' 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between units and filling voids in work. PART 3 - EXECUTION ` 3.01 INSPECTION: CJ i I Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work. 2. Extend insulation full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insula- tion. Remove projections which interfere with placement. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation or required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. END OF SECTION 07200 07212 7"i Rim ,F�.4a 4163 Z SECTION 07212 Page 2 of 2 • • SECTION 07500 - MEMBRANE ROOFING ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of built -up roofing is shown on drawings and is ' hereby defined to include non - traffic - bearing membrane system intended for weather exposure as primary roofing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Applicator Qualifications: Built -Up Roofing Systems applicator shall be a current ' Certified Roofing Contractor of the Built -up Roofing manufacturer. ' 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to job site on pallets. Package labels shall indicate material name, production date and /or product code. B. Store bulk asphalt in heated tanker in accordance with ' manufacturer's recommendation of 325 - 350 F tempera- ture. Care should be taken not to overheat asphalt over long periods of time or a modification of physical properties could result, affecting the ability of the asphalt to perform the waterproofing function. C. Store materials in dry, protected areas in an upright ' position. Control temperature of storage areas in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All asphalt emulsion materials must be protected from freezing. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Follow local, state and federal regulations, safety standards and codes. When a conflict exists use the stricter document. rB. Follow insurance underwriter's requirements acceptable for use with manufacturer's products or systems. 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07500 Page 1 of 4 1 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07500 Page 2 of 4 • • C. The roof deck shall be structurally sound to support the live and dead load requirement of roofing system and sufficiently rigid to support construction traffic. 1.06 WARRANTY /GUARANTEE: ' A. Built -Up Roofing Guarantee will be provided for a minimum 10 -year period from the date of completion of the roofing membrane. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: ' A. Products manufactured or accepted by Flintkote "Genstar ". 2.02 ROOFING SYSTEM: A. Built -up roof on non- nailable or insulated decks: On areas indicated on drawings as built -up roof, apply AAAP -11 -2 Roof System, with the appropriate Genstar approved base flashing and metal counterflashing or wall covering as specified in the 1985 edition of Genstar Roofing Products Company Specification Manual. Roof shall be installed by a Roofing Contractor authorized by Genstar Roofing Products Company to install the specified Roof Membrane Warranty Roof System. ' B. Summary of Materials per 100 square feet: Flintglass Ply Sheet: 40 lbs. Type 1 or Type III Coal Tar Pitch Moppings 4 @ 25 lbs ea.) 100 lbs. Type I or Type III Coal Tar Pitch Flood Coat: 75 lbs. Gravel surfacing (or slag): minimum 400 lbs. ' APPROXIMATE TOTAL FINISHED WEIGHT: 615 lbs. C. Coal Tar Pitch: Apply coal tar at a temperature between 350 degrees F and 400 degrees F. Flood coat shall be applied to provide a coating of uniform thickness. D. Cants: In angles of roof deck and vertical surfaces, the Roofing Contractor shall furnish and install a Fiber Cant Strip with a minimum of 3" face. 1 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07500 Page 2 of 4 • • E. Gravel or Slag: Surfacing shall be opaque, clean, moisture not to exceed 2% and conform to A.S.T.M. ' D -1863. Gravel or slag shall be 1/4" to 5/8" in size with no more than 15% fines through a No.4 screen and 5" through a No. 8 screen. Surfacing weights shall be increased approximately 15% when mix ratio exceeds 50% 1/2" to 5/8" sized aggregate. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSPECTION OF SURFACES: ' A. Roof Deck: Roof deck shall be smooth, dry, clean and free of sharp projections and depressions. Properly grade surfaces to outlets. Roof accessories shall be available before Roofing Contractor begins his work. B. Outlets: Drainage outlets shall be installed below ' roof deck surface to permit free flow of water and to prevent forming water dams at rims. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Sheet Metal Work: All metal flashings shall be factory primed with asphalt primer and allowed to dry before roofing materials are applied. B. Asphalt Primer. Prime vertical surfaces with asphalt ' primer using 1/2 gallon per 100 square feet and allow to dry. C. Cants: Over a dry primer surface, embed the cants in ' flashing compound. The cants shall fit flush at ends and to vertical surfaces. Where scuppers occur, apply cant 2" back from flange and bevel cant 8" from ends. 3.03 APPLICATION ' A. Outlets: Set base sheet at drains in flashing compound 9: wide around ring and flange. Install a minimum 30" square. 2'1/2 lb. to 4 lb. lead or 16 oz. soft copper flashing set in flashing compound over the completed ' membrane. Flashing shall be stripped in with two collars of base sheet extending 4" and 6" beyond outside edge of flashing set in coal tar pitch, and while hot, install clamp ring and tighten. 3.04 CLEANING: ' A. Remove trash, debris, equipment and parts from job site. r,, 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07500 Page 3 of 4 • 5� B. Remove stains from walls, walkways and driveways. 3.05 PROTECTION: Finished roof areas shall be protected from damage by the contractor during construction, END OF SECTION 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07500 Page 4 of 4 • • SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. The extent of each type of flashing and.sheet metal work is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. B. The types of work specified in this section include the following: 1. Metal counter flashing and base flashing. 2. Metal parapet caps, scupper and downspouts. 3. Metal reveals and flashing. 4. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. 5. Roof scuppers and downspouts. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings: Submit drawings showing layout, joining, profiles, and anchorages of all fabricated work. Prepare full size details. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protect of materials and finishes. 1 07600 i FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 1 of 4 • • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS: ' A. Sheet Metal: Galvanized Steel: Conform to ASTM A525, coating ' G90, gages as recommended by SMACNA 1979 standard edition. B. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: ' 1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or, other noncorrosive metal as recommended by ' sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 ' Page 2 of 4 2. Bituminous Coating: FS TT -C -494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. ' 3. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. ' 4. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with FS TT- S0027, TT-S- 00230, ' or TT -S- 001543. 5. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2 -part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by manufac- ' turer for exterior /interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. ' 6. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof /weather- resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. 7. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, ' matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required ' for performance. S. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 ' Page 2 of 4 1 1 I� I 2.02 FABRICATED UNITS: A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather - resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manu- facturer instructions and recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil - canning, buckling and tool marks. 1. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. 2. Expansion Provisions: Where expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be suffi- ciently water /weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non - expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with industry standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recom- mendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual ". Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. In- stall work with laps, joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 3 of 4 • • roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of (lashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600 Page 4 of 4 • • SECTION 07800 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: A. The extent and locations of roof accessories is indi- cated on the drawings and by provisions of this sec- tion. B. The types of units specified in this section include the following: 1. Plastic skylight units. 2. Roof hatches. 3. Roof ventilators. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Roof Accessories: Submit manufacturer's ' product specifications, rough -in diagrams, details, installation instructions and general product recom- mendations. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PLASTIC SKYLIGHT UNIT: ' Skylight shall be O'Keeffe Horizonite Thermal Break *4040. Dimensions shall be as shown on the drawings. Domes shall be formed from white translucent acrylic plastic. The frame shall be bronze anodized aluminum. Skylight unit i shall be supplier complete, ready for attachment including intregal metal curb. ' 2.02 ROOF HATCH: Roof Hatch shall be O'Keeffe Horizonite Roof Hatch RH -12, ' Model 3036, a factory fabricated unit, consisting ' 07800 1 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07800 Page 1 of 2 ' • • of galvanized steel cover and curb. 1 2.03 ROOF VENTILATORS: Ventilators shall be Western, 12" round vent, W.R. -12, Type 4 Flat Base. PART 3 - EXECUTION ,' 3.01 INSTALLATION: ,1 07800 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07800 Page 2 of 2 A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, and with vapor barriers, roofing and flashing; as required to ensure that each element of the work performs properly, and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. ' B. Flange Seals: Except as otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement, to form a seal. C. Operational Units: Test operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. ' Adjust for proper operation. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. B. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of roof accessories; so that units will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of substantial completion. C. Clean and polish plastic skylight units, inside and out, not more than 5 days prior to date of substantial completion. END OF SECTION ,1 07800 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07800 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This Section contains specifications pertaining to all weather - sealing and caulking throughout the project unless specified otherwise, and becomes a part of all sections containing reference to this Section, or where materials of the types specified in this Section are required by the drawings. B. The work includes caulking and sealing of openings and joints indicated, specified, and required to make entire building weatherproof and watertight. C. Specific requirements contained in the various trade sections making reference to this Section supersede ' general or conflicting requirements herein. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ' A. Warranty: Provide written warranty for all calking and sealants against all defects of material for five years after date of acceptance. All failures that may occur within the warranty period, due to defective application or materials, upon written notification of such failure, shall be repaired or replaced with proper materials and labor at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Submit to the Architect samples of the various types (and colors where applicable) of materials specified, ' prior to delivery of materials to the job and the portions of the work for which the materials are intended. ' C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, product designation and date of manufacture. Products upon which the shelf date has expired shall not be permitted on the job. D. Install materials specified herein in compliance with 07900 SEALANTS SECTION 07900 Page 1 of 4 Use sealants of the following types. Unless specified or directed otherwise, use materials to match color of adjacent materials. Where adjacent materials on each side of the joint are different colors, the Architect will select sealant colors. If the desired color is not available from one manufacturer, select proper color from another manufacturer. A. Joint Conditions: 1. Joints between metal frame and plaster Sealant ' manufacturer's instructions. Send copies of Expansion and control joints. Sealant (!3). manufacturer's instructions to Architect at least 2 weeks before application. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS concrete or each other,'shall have sealant applied around their perimeters. Sealant ( #2). ' 2.01 MATERIALS: Other exterior joints as indicated or shown. Use sealants of the following types. Unless specified or directed otherwise, use materials to match color of adjacent materials. Where adjacent materials on each side of the joint are different colors, the Architect will select sealant colors. If the desired color is not available from one manufacturer, select proper color from another manufacturer. A. Joint Conditions: 1. Joints between metal frame and plaster Sealant (!2). 2. Expansion and control joints. Sealant (!3). 3. Exterior sills, jambs, and heads of window frames, door frames, louvers and similar openings, and ' where metal, or other materials abut or join concrete or each other,'shall have sealant applied around their perimeters. Sealant ( #2). ' 4. Other exterior joints as indicated or shown. Sealant (il) (t2) (!3). B. Sealants: 1. Sealant i1 shall be a three -part polyepoxide .urethane sealant meeting Federal Specification TT- 5- 002271, Class A, Type II, such as Tremco Dymeric, as manufactured by Tremco Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio, or equal. 2. Sealant •2 shall be a one -part solvent cure acrylic sealant meeting Federal Specification TT -S -230, such as Tremco Mono, as manufactured by Tremco Incorporated,. Cleveland, Ohio, or equal. 3. Sealant ,t3 shall be a two -part chemically curing ' polyurethane meeting Federal Specification TT- S- 00227E, Class A, Type I, (Self - Leveling) or Class A, Type II (Non -Sag), such as THC- 900/901, as manufactured.by Tremco Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio, or equal. ' 07900 SEALANTS SECTION 07900 Page 2 of 4 1 C. Primer for sealants shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. Joint filler (backing) for sealant shall be a closed cell, non - absorbent, non - staining material such as Ethafoam as manufactured by Dow or equal. E. Bondbreakers shall be as recommended by sealant ' manufacturer. F. Materials shall be delivered to the ,job in sealed containers with manufacturer's original labels I attached. Materials shall be used according to manufacturer's printed instructions. Color of all sealants shall be as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. G. Compression Seal: Seal shall be compression extension seal a CE -300 (Silicone) as manufactured by M. Rizza, Co. Inc.,or approved equal, Color -Gray. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION: A. Provide sealant manufacturer's inspection of conditions ' prior to start of the work and initial supervision at the start of each application, in order to insure that any physical conditions which would result in defective work are properly corrected before materials are applied, that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work, and that proper procedures ar being followed. Provide such inspection and ' supervision by qualified personnel. Report all unsatisfactory conditions existing at the time of inspection in writing to the General Contractor for correction before proceeding with the work. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Joints and surfaces which are to be caulked or sealed shall be clean, dry and free of dust, loose mortar and other foreign materials. Surfaces to receive sealant ' shall be prepared in strict conformance with written instructions of manufacturer. B. Do not caulk joints until they are in compliance with requirements of the approved manufacturer of the materials, the details as shown on the drawings, and the specific requirements of other sections of the specification. 3.03 APPLICATION: 07900 SEALANTS SECTION 07900 Page 3 of 4 A. Install joint backing with a blunt instrument so as not to puncture the surface skin. Size of joint backing should be determined by taking the joint width and adding 25% to assure proper compression or backer cord. H. Apply sealant with a calking gun, using proper nozzles. Use sufficient pressure to properly fill the joints with sealant to the back -up material. r [1 II I 07900 SEALANTS SECTION 07900 Page 4 of 4 I C. After joints have been completely filled, they shall be neatly tooled to eliminate air pockets or voids, and to provide a smooth, neat appearing finish in intimate contact with interfaces and without lapping over onto exposed finished faces. After tooling, surface of sealant shall be free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities. D. Immediately clean adjacent materials which have been soiled; leave work in a neat, clean condition. ' 3..04 WORKMANSHIP: Workmanship shall be of the highest quality in accordance with the best practice and in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the materials being used. The Contractor shall be prepared to show evidence of Lworkmanship of jobs at least three years old. END OF SECTION r [1 II I 07900 SEALANTS SECTION 07900 Page 4 of 4 I SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES IPART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of standard steel doors and frames is indicated 1 and scheduled on drawings. B. Window surround frames. C. Finish hardware is specified elsewhere in Division -8. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI -100) and as herein specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire -rated door and frame assemblies that comply with NFPA 80" Standard for Fire Doors and Windows ", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product I data substantiating that products comply with requirements. ' B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation. Include elevations, types, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 1 of 4 1 C. Label Construction Certification for door and frame assemblies required to be fire - rated, submit manufacturer's certification for that each door has been constructed to conform to design, materials and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. 1.04 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Allied Steel Products, Inc. Ceco Corp. Fenestra Corp. Johnson Fire Doors Trussbilt, Inc. Republic Builders Products Corp./ Subs. Republic Steel ' 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Hot- Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 2 of 4 I A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory - finished Idoors. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect' otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blocking. Avoid use of non- vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the work include; but are not limited to, the following: Allied Steel Products, Inc. Ceco Corp. Fenestra Corp. Johnson Fire Doors Trussbilt, Inc. Republic Builders Products Corp./ Subs. Republic Steel ' 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Hot- Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 2 of 4 I C. Shop Applied Paint: I 1. Primer: Rust - inhibitive enamel or paint, either air - drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. 2.03 FABRICATION - GENERAL: A. Doors: 1. Fabricate steel door to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Comply with SDI -100 requirements as follows: Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 2, minimum 16 -gage faces. 1 2. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16 -gage inverted steel channels. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. 4. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 series specifications for door preparation for hardware. 5. Reinforce doors to receive surface- applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface- applied finish hardware may be done at project site. B. Frames; 1. Frame material shall be cold rolled steel and is supplied in Commercial Series rolled steel and is supplied in Commercial Series "C" (16 gauge) for heavy commercial usage. 2. Hinge reinforcing plates (14 gauge) shall be factory attached to accommodate specified hinge sizes. Plated adjustable strike plates and door silencers shall be furnished by manufacturer. ' 3. Frames shall be prepared to receive door mutes (silencers) minimum of 3 per frame. ' 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 3 of 4 I • • PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Prime Coat Touch -up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air - drying primer. B. Final Adiustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08110 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 1 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. ' 08210 WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 Page 1 of 3 11 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent and location of each type of wood door is shown on drawings and in schedules. B. Types of door required include the following: 1. Solid core flush wood doors with hardwood faces. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. General: Comply with requirements of the following standards unless otherwise indicated. LB. Non - Fire -Rated Doors: NWMA Industry Standard I.S. -1 "Wood Flush Doors" of the National Woodwork 1 Manufacturer's Association. C. Factory mark each door with the NWMA "Quality Certified" Seal of Approval for conformance with NWMA I.S. -1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions for each type of wood door. ' 1. Include certifications as may be required to show compliance with specifications. B. Specific Product Warranty: Submit written agreement in door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, installer and contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup, or twist) or which show photographing of construction below in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA. ' 08210 WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 Page 1 of 3 11 �1 I 1. The warranty shall also include refinishing and reinstallation of defective doors. 1 2. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of substantial completion. Solid Core Flush Interior Doors: 1 Five years. ' 3. Exposed Surfaces for Paint Finish: Where interior wood doors are shown or scheduled to receive a paint finish, provide the following: L 1 1 08210 I WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 Page 2 of 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: A. General: Provide wood doors complying with applicable requirements of NWMA I.S. -1 for kinds and types of doors indicated and as specified. 1 B. Face Panels: Manufacturer's standard 2 -or 3 -ply face panels, unless otherwise indicated. C. Exposed Surfaces: Provide kind shown or scheduled and as further specified. Provide same exposed surface material on both faces of each door, unless otherwise ' indicated. 2.02 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS: ' A. Solid Core Wood Doors ' 1. Type II water - resistant bond. 2. Core Construction: Solid wood block, wood particle board, or mineral with wood lock blocks, as required by door manufacturer to comply with specified warranty period. ' 3. Exposed Surfaces for Paint Finish: Where interior wood doors are shown or scheduled to receive a paint finish, provide the following: L 1 1 08210 I WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 Page 2 of 3 ' At the contractor's option, provide either medium density overlay (MDO) complying with PS -1 applied over manufacturer's standard thickness hardwood face veneers; or standard thickness, rotary -cut birch face veneers complying with NWMA I.S. -1 Good grade. Provide any close -grain hardwood for exposed edges and other exposed solid wood components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Installer must examine door frames and verify that ' frames are correct type and have been installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors and notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely installation of wood doors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: ' A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. B. Hardware: For installation see Section 08700 - Hardware 1 Section of these specifications. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. D. Clearance: For non -rated doors provide clearances of 1 /8" at jambs and heads; 1/8" at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/2" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. ' 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Architect. 1 B. Protection and Completed Work: Advise contractor of proper procedures required for protection of installed woad doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance ` of work. END OF SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 Page 3 of 3 1 • SECTION 08341 - OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 1 of 3 1 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General And Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: A. Extent of overhead roll -up doors is shown on drawings. B. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, operators, and installation accessories. C. Electrical connections are specified in Division -16. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide each overhead roll -up door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. B. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for installation of overhead door units. ' Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices. ' Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing -in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling door. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for special components and installations which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on manufacturers product data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with ' requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 1 of 3 1 D. Brackets will be of steel plates, minimum 3/16 ", with permanently sealed ball bearings. Designed to enclose ends of coiled and provide support for counterbalance ' pipe at each end. E. Counterbalance: Curtain to be coiled on a pipe of 1 sufficient size to carry door load with deflection not to exceed .03 inches per foot of door span and to be evenly balanced by helical springs, oil tempered torsion type designed with a 25% safety factor. Cast iron barrel plugs will be used to anchor springs to tension shaft and pipe. i 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 2 of 3 rincorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: jAtlas Door Corp. The Cookson Company Cornell Iron Works, Inc. Kinnear/North American 2.02 ROLL -UP DOORS: tA. Roll -up doors shall meet or exceed description and specification of Kinnear/North American as manufactured by Wayne - Dalton Corp. This manufacturer is used as a quality level acceptable alternate manufacturer as listed in Paragraph 2.01 above. B. Doors shall be "Face -of -Wall Mounting ", Model 900 Series, (Titau Series @ doors 402A and 402B), Motor Operated. 1. Curtain will be composed of interlocking 16 gauge standard and designed to withstand a 20 psf windload. ends of alternate slats will be fitted with metal windlocks. 2. Bottom bar will consist of 2 steel angles, minimum 1 1/8" thick, to stiffen curtain with neoprene loop astragal. C. Guides will be of roll - formed steel channels and angles ' (structural, three angle assembly) of steel to form a slot of sufficient depth to retain curtains in guides to resist 20 psf windload. Guides will be provided with integral windlock bars and bottom bar stops. Top of guide will be flared to reduce drag and wear. D. Brackets will be of steel plates, minimum 3/16 ", with permanently sealed ball bearings. Designed to enclose ends of coiled and provide support for counterbalance ' pipe at each end. E. Counterbalance: Curtain to be coiled on a pipe of 1 sufficient size to carry door load with deflection not to exceed .03 inches per foot of door span and to be evenly balanced by helical springs, oil tempered torsion type designed with a 25% safety factor. Cast iron barrel plugs will be used to anchor springs to tension shaft and pipe. i 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 2 of 3 r 0 0 ' F. Finish: Shop coat of rust - inhibitive primer on galvanized and non - galvanized surfaces and operating mechanisms. Guides and bracket plates will be coated with a flat black prime paint. I 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 3 of 3 G. Operation: Door will be operated by means of motor operation. Electrical safety edge to be attached to bottom bar to stop and reverse the door when in contacts an object during the closing cycle. H. Weatherstripping: Air -Bar /Extra -Tito doors will include bottom astragal, exterior surface guide ' weatherstrip, and internal hood baffle weatherstrip: I. Locking: Electric -motor operation doors will lock ' through the operator gearing. J. Electrical Operators: Motor operator will be compact type requiring minimum clearance for installation. Motor to similar to Kinnear /North American Model MH -33, 3 Phase, 460 -480V, 3HP. A Controls: Exterior Key Switch (surface Mounted) ' Interior Momentary Contact Three Button Push Button Station. Keying to match existing master key system. Extreme Limits of Travel Limit Switch. B. Unit to be completely assembled and wired to wiring of the control device. All electrical equipment ' shall be in NEMA Type 1 Enclosures. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. tB. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist of distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. END OF SECTION I 08341 OVERHEAD ROLL -UP DOORS SECTION 08341 Page 3 of 3 • • SECTION 08410 - ENTRANCES ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: A. Extent of steel entrances is indicated on drawings and schedule. "Glass B. Glazing: Refer to and Glazing" section of Division 8 for glazing requirements. C. Mortise lock cylinders are specified in Division -8 Hardware Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. Drawings are based on one manufacturer's standard entrance system. Another standard system of a similar and equivalent nature will be acceptable when differences do not materially detract from design ' concept or intended performance, as judged solely by architect. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, ' standard details, and installation recommendations for components of entrances required for project, including test reports certifying that products have been tested and comply with performance requirements. ' B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of entrances including elevations, I detail sections of typical composite members, hardware mounting heights, anchorages, reinforcements, expansion provisions, and glazing. [I ' 08410 ENTRANCES SECTION 08410 Page 1 of 3 LJ LI I 91 II 1I 1! I 11 1 L L Li 0 • a PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ENTRANCES: A. Entrance doors shall be "Carmel" Series 367, High Traffic style. Doors to be custom finished to match frames, color to be selected by architect. B. Hardware for entrance doors and frame shall be as follows: 1. Pivots: Single acting, top and bottom offset pivot, -613. 2. Locks: Schlage B160 -613. Cylinders specified under Division -8 Finish Hardware. 3. Flush Bolts: Hager - 280 Series. 4. Closer: Norton PR- 8501 -DA, with adjustable hold open, cover bronze anodized aluminum. 5. Pulls: BBW 290 -4, Bronze (613).. 6. Threshold: Pemko 254A 7. Door Shoe: Pemko 216 PWV PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Field measurements: Wherever possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, proceed with fabrication and coordinate installation tolerances as necessary when field measurements might delay work. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of entrances. 08410 B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of doors. Anchor securely in place. C. Refer to "Glass and Glazing" section of Division 8 for installation of glass and other panels indicated to be glazed into doors and framing, and not preglazed by manufacturer. ENTRANCES SECTION 08410 Page 2 of 3 i i 1 1 1 �t 1 08410 ENTRANCES SECTION 08410 Page 3 of 3 ADJUST AND CLEAN: 3.03 A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, without binding, and to prevent tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping. ' H. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and installation of glass and sealants. Remove excess glazing and joint sealants, dirt, and 1 other substances from aluminum surfaces. C. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure that entrances will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION i i 1 1 1 �t 1 08410 ENTRANCES SECTION 08410 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 08500 - METAL WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services to furnish and install metal windows and related components as shown on drawings and specified herein. B. Replace existing aluminum windows in Building 5 with steel frames as indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. General: 1. Windows are component structures. Tests shall equal or exceed "Voluntary Guide Specification for Aluminum Architectural Windows ", as published by AAMA (1985) unless more stringent requirements are specified. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings /Samples: 1. Shop drawings complete and full scale where practical showing construction of all components, dimensions and details. B. Test Reports /Calculations: 1. Certified independent laboratory test reports verifying compliance with all test requirements of Section 1.03. 1.05 GUARANTEE: A. Windows and Related Materials: 1. Two year guarantee on materials and workmanship. 08500 METAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 1 of 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Products shall be of Torrance Aluminum Window Co., Inc., Series 1500 Commercial, or an approved equal. ' 2.02 Manufacturers shall have been engaged in the manufacture of windows of monumental grade not less than 10 years. L2.03 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum Windows and Components: ' 1. Extruded aluminum prime billet 6063T5, aluminum sheet 5005 H34. ' 2. Minimum principal window member wall thickness 1/8 ". 3. Minimum frame and vent depth front to back 1 1/2 ". B. Hardware: ' 1. All steel components 300 series stainless steel (SS) i.e., strikes, fasteners, hold open arms, etc. 2. All aluminum components 6063T5 (T6). 3. Locking handles and cases, white bronze. ' C. Weatherstrip: Extruded bulb vinyl meeting ASTM C509 -70. 2.04 FABRICATION: A. General: ' 1. Fabricate and shop assemble frame and sash members into complete windows under responsibility of one ' manufacturer. 2. No bolts, screws or fastenings to impair independent frame movement. ' B. Protected Ventilator: 1. Miter all corners and mechanically stake over solid aluminum corner block minimum 1/4" thick, set and . sealed in epoxy leaving hairline ,joinery then seal weather- tight. Joinery methods must not discolor ' finish or be unsightly. ' 08500 METAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 2 of 4 rC. Projected Frame: 1. Miter or cope all corners and mig weld or mortise and tenon each corner then seal weather - tight. Joinery methods must not discolor finish or be unsightly. D. Glass Drainage: I u 08500 a. Provide special hold -open device (if sash height permits application) or an incorporated stop within the four bar friction hinge to permit sash to open approximately 6" and automatically stop. Operation past this point by custodial key only. b. Hold -open devices utilizing spring type mechanisms not permitted. C. Hardware to meet provisions of the NFPA Life Safety Code 101. 4. Finish of all exposed areas of aluminum windows and components shall be Medium Bronze done in accordance with the appropriate AAMA Voluntary Guide Specification shown. METAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 3 of 4 1. Provision shall be made to insure that water will ' not accumulate and remain in contact with the perimeter areas of sealed insulating glass. E. Hardware: 1. Balance Arms: ' a. Two aluminum concealed four -bar adjustable friction hinges each ventilator meeting AAMA 9041. b. Use stainless steel hinges when glazed ventilator exceeds 110 lbs. ' 2. Locks: a. White bronze, and /or stainless steel and /or nylon construction locks, strikes and keepers for manual and /or custodial key operation to secure sash in closed position. ' b. Provide two locks at sill of project -out sash or head of project -in ventilator when spacing exceeds 40 ". 3. Limit -Stop Device (Optional) I u 08500 a. Provide special hold -open device (if sash height permits application) or an incorporated stop within the four bar friction hinge to permit sash to open approximately 6" and automatically stop. Operation past this point by custodial key only. b. Hold -open devices utilizing spring type mechanisms not permitted. C. Hardware to meet provisions of the NFPA Life Safety Code 101. 4. Finish of all exposed areas of aluminum windows and components shall be Medium Bronze done in accordance with the appropriate AAMA Voluntary Guide Specification shown. METAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 3 of 4 ' • • PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 ERECTION: A. Install square, plumb and in true alignment and in ' accord with details and reviewed shop drawings; surfaces free from dents, buckles, dimples or other defects. ' B. Anchor frames and other items securely to contiguous construction to result in a rigid installation and in accord with required safety factors. Where anchorage ' involves other work, provide setting drawings for proper installation. ' C. Install hardware and adjust for proper operation. Seal metal to joints to prevent the entrance of water except at points where frame members are designed to drain water to the exterior. D. At juncture between frames and adjacent materials, seal entire perimeter on both sides. Use sealant and backing materials as specified in Section 07900 Sealants. non - abrasive tape or gaskets. E. Protection surfaces in of contact surfaces: Protect aluminum contact with dissimilar metals or with aluminum work so as incompatible materials, such as, concrete and other overstress of cementious materials, by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint before installation or isolate with non - abrasive tape or gaskets. I 08500 FETAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 4 of 4 F. Expansion and contraction: Install aluminum work so as to avoid objectionable distortion or overstress of parts and fastenings resulting from thermal expansion and contraction. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING: A. After installation, clean metal and glass surfaces, on both interior and exterior, of all motor, plaster, paint and other contaminants. Use no alternatives. ' B. After cleaning, protect all work against damage of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION I 08500 FETAL WINDOWS SECTION 08500 Page 4 of 4 1 I L , PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ' 1. Hinges 2. Lock cylinders and key 3. Bolts 5. Closers 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical information for each item of hardware. Include whatever information that may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, a :.d include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts ' and finish. Transmit copy of applicable data to installer. B. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in the manner and format specified, complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements. ' Hardware Schedules are intended for coordination of work. C. Final Hardware Schedule: Based on finish hardware ' indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the ' following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of each hardware item. 2. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. ' 08700 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710 Page 1 of 6 4. Location of hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings both on floor plans and in Door and Frame Schedule. 1 5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc, contained in schedule. ' 6. Mounting locations for hardware. 7. Door and frame sizes and materials. D. Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware ' schedule must precede fabrication of other work (e.g., hollow metal frames) which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work ' affected by builders hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule. E. Keying: Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Make sure that ' keys and keying match existing system. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: ' A. Packaging of hardware, on a set by set basis, is the responsibility of the supplier. As material is received by the hardware supplier from the various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers marked ' with the hardware set number. Two or more identical sets may be packed in the same container. B. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of the hardware supplier and the hardware installer until each is satisfied that the count is correct. C. Provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control and handling and installation of hardware items which are not ' immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both ' before and after installation. L 1 08700 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710 Page 2 of 6 7 L ' . • 1 1.06 F-1 L I JOB CONDITIONS• A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. B. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory- prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for the proper installation of hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED HARDWARE: Requirements for design, gr other distinctive qualities indicated in the Schedule. 2.02 MANUFACTURER ABBREVIATIONS: AP ACME PULLS AR ADAMS RITE ARO ARROW LOCK AS ACCESSORY SPECIALTIES B BOBRICK BA BALDWIN BBW BUILDERS' BRASS WORKS BON BONNER BR BROOKLINE DC DOOR CONTROLS, INC. DOM DOOR- O -MATIC DTX DETEX DS DURA STEEL E EAGLE LOCK EPCO EPCO HARDWARE ' 08700 ade, function, finish, size and of each type of hardware is C CHECKMATE CAS COOPER ARCH. SIGNS CCL CORBIN CABINET LOCKS CECO DECO DOOR CORPORATION CHI CHICAGO CM CONTINENTAL MFG. CO COR CORBIN P PA PB PHY PRE PS FINISH HARDWARE PEMKO PARKET PERMABILT PHYLRICH PRECISION PLASTIC STUDIOS SECTION 08710 Page 3 of 6 • F FALCON FA FOLGER ADAMS FB FRANKLIN BRASS FM FIREMARE FMS FORMS 6 SURFACES G GENERAL LOCK GA GARCY GJ GLYNN JOHNSON GR GRANT H HALL MACK HA HAGER HINGE I IVES JB JAYBEE JED JACKSON EXIT DEVICES JEN JENSEN JP JOHNSON PRODUCTS K KIRKHILL KV KNAPE 6 VOGT L LUND LAW LAWRENCE LCN LCN CLOSURES LO LORI CORP. MIC MIAMI -CAREY Mc McKINNEY N. NORTON NA NATIONAL LOCK NU NUTONE /SCOVILL • Q QUALITY R RUSSWIN RDC READING RE REESE RIX RIXON RW RICHARD - WILCOX S SARGENT SA SAFE SCH SCHLAGE SDC SECURITY DR. CONTROLS SG SARGENT - GREENLEAF SOSS SOSS HINGE CO. STA STANLEY WORKS T TRIMCO TE TELKEE TR TRINE ELECTRIC TS TUBULAR SPECIALTIES VD VON DUPRIN W WELCH WE WESLOCK WIS WEISER LOCK WP WOOD PRODUCTS Y YALE Z ZERO 2.04 SCHEDULE: Hardware set by number refer to Door Schedule on the drawings for location. HDW - 1 1 1/2 pr Butts BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 600 HA 08700 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710 Page 4 of 6 1 Lockset D50PD X RHODES 626 SCH 1 Threshold 255A PEMKO 1 Wallstop W97 627 BBW 1 Drip 345A PEMKO HDW - 2 1 1/2 pr Butts BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 600 HA 1 Latchset DIOS X RHODES 626 SCH 1 Wallstop W97 627 BBW HDW - 3 1 1/2 pr Butts BB1297 4.5 x 4.5 600 HA 1 Lockset D50PD X RHODES 626 SCH 1 Closer 7600 600 RDG 1 Threshold 255A PEMKO 1 Drip 345 PWV PEMKO HDW - 4 1 1/2 pr Butts BB1297 4.5 x 4.5 600 HA 1 Lockset D50PD x RHODES 626 SCH 1 Closer 7600 600 RDG 1 Floorstop F -8061X 627 BBW HDW - 5 1 ea. door Cylinder 20 -022 613 SCH 2.05 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING: A. General: Supplier will meet with owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing. B. Review the keying system with the owner and provide the type required (master, grandmaster or great - grandmaster), either new or integrated with owner's existing system. C. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock; 5 master keys for each master system; and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in 08700 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710 Page 5 of 6 "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by architect. ' B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install ' hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and application of surface protections with finishing work specified in the Division 9 sections. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: ' A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to ' operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make ' final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Instruct owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. END OF SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710 Page 6 of 6 SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING I Lam' [1 ' 08800 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required including installation and maintenance instructions. Sample: Submit 3 samples of glass and glazing materials for review prior to fabrication. GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Definitions: "Glass" includes prime glass, processed glass, and fabricated glass products. "Glazing" in- cludes glass installation and materials used to install glass. Types of work in this section include glass and glazing for: 1. Removal of existing glass 2. Window units ' 3. Doors 4. Interior fixed glass windows 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Prime Glass Manufacturer: One of the following for each type /color /pattern of glass: C -E Glass Division Ford Glass Company Libbey -Owens -Ford Company H. Prime Glass Standard: FS DD -G -451. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: I Lam' [1 ' 08800 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required including installation and maintenance instructions. Sample: Submit 3 samples of glass and glazing materials for review prior to fabrication. GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 1 of 5 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS PRODUCTS: A. Wired Glass: Wired glass shall be 1/4" thick clear glass conforming to requirements of U.L. fire retardant glazing per ANSI 297.1. B. Float Glass: Type I, Class I, quality q3 6 1/4" thick, Bronze (exterior), Clear (interior). ' C. Tempered Float Glass : Grade B, Style I, Type I, Class 1, quality q3, 1/4" thick, Bronze (exterior), Clear ' (interior). 2.02 PROCESSED GLASS: A. Tempered Glass: Provide prime glass of color and type indicated, which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4.5 times annealed strength. 2.03 GLAZING SEALANTS AND COMPONENTS: ' A. General: Provide color of exposed sealant /compound indicated or if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, or black if no color is so selected. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for selection of hardness, depending upon the location of each application, conditions at time of installation, and performance requirements as ' indicated. Select materials, and variations or modifi- cations, carefully for compatibility with surfaces contacted in the installation. B. 1 -Part Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant: Elastomeric silicone sealant complying with FS TT -S- 001543, Class ' A, non -sag. Provide acid type recommended by manufacturer where only nonporous bond surfaces are contacted; provide nonacid type recommended by manufacturer where one or more porous bond surface is contacted. C. Oleo- Resinous Glazing Compound: Oil based glazing compound; nonstaining and nonbleeding; provide proper type as required for either channel or face glazing; comply with FS -TT -G -410 for face glazing compound. 1 D. Vinyl Tape: Closed flexible, Foam, Glazing cell, 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 2 of 5 1 self- adhesive, non - extruding, polyvinyl chloride foam tape; recommended by manufacturer for exterior, exposed, watertight installation of glass, with ' only nominal pressure in the glazing channel; comply with ASTM D 1667. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS: A. Cleaners. Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. B. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 70 -90 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used. ' C. Spacers: Neoprene or EPDM, 40 -50 durometer hardness with proven compatibility with sealants used. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE: A. Watertight and airtight installation of each glass ' product is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, without failure including loss or break- age of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation, and subsequent operation of glazed components of the work. During installation, discard units with significant edge damage or other imperfec- tions. ' C. Comply with combined recommendations and technical reports by manufacturers of glass and glazing products as used in each glazing channel, and with recommenda- tions of Flat Glass Marketing Association "Glazing Manual," except where more stringent requirements are indicated. ' 3.02 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING: A. Clean glazing channel and other framing members to ' receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elastomeric ' 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 3 of 5 I • • sealants are used. B. Apply primer or sealant to joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.03 GLAZING• ' 3.04 i A. Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located 1 /4th of glass width from each corner. Set blocks in thin course of heel -bead compound, if any. B. Provide spacers inside and out, of proper size and spacing, for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets or preshimmed tapes are used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. C. Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and similar characteristics. D. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial "wash" away from glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. E. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from glass and stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discolorations. F. Where wedge - shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when installation is subjected to movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching ribs, or by proven adhesives, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. CURE. PROTECTION AND CLEANING: A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by use of crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass. Remove non - permanent labels and clean surfaces. Cure sealants for high early strength and durability. GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 4 of 5 • • H. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. C. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Comply with glass product manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. END OF SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08800 Page 5 of 5 1 0 ' SECTION 09200 - LATH AND PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: • 1 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Types of work includes: jA. Wire reinforced lathing systems. B. Plaster Moldings and Accessories C. Portland cement plaster. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire - Resistance Rating: Where plastered assemblies ' with fire - resistance ratings are indicated or are required to comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recog- nized authorities. B. Portland Cement Plastering Standards: ANSI A 42.2 and A. 42.3. Allowable Tolerances: For flat surfaces, do not exceed ' 1/8" in 8' -0" for bow or warp of surface, and for plumb or level. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each material, including other data as may be required to show compliance with these specifications. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: Deliver, store and protect manufactured materials to comply with referenced standards. 1 1 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 1 Page 1 of 7 • • 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report to the General Contractor all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work. ' 1.07 SCAFFOLDING AND PROTECTION: Provide, install and maintain for the duration of the work all scaffolding, staging, trestles and planning necessary for the work in strict conformity with applicable laws and ordinances, and so as not to interfere with or obstruct the work of others. Provide all forms of protection as necessary to preserve the work of other trades free from damage. 1.08 CODES: Materials and work shall conform to Building Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. 2. Hydrated Lime - Special finish hydrated, conforming 1 to ASTM C206, Type S. 3. Aggregates - 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 2 of 7 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Exterior Wood Stud and /or Solid Sheathed Walls Lathing: Backing for portland cement plaster on exterior walls shall be Stucco -Rite Standard, Type SFB (self - furring) ' as manufactured by Tree Island Steel, Inc. B. Exterior Soffits and Ceilings Lathing: Backing for Portland cement plaster on exterior soffits and ceilings shall be Gun Lath, Standard, Type F /FB, as manufactured by Tree Island Steel, Inc. rC. Plaster Moldings and Accessories: 1. Plaster Moldings shall be as manufactured by Fry ' Reglet Corporation as shown on the drawings. 2. Plaster Accessories shall be as listed by manufac- turer and catalog number. a. Corner Bead: R -Lath Rwik Corner. b. Casing: Inryco /Milcor, No. 66 Short Flange. E. Plaster: 1. Portland cement - ASTM C150, Type II or III. 2. Hydrated Lime - Special finish hydrated, conforming 1 to ASTM C206, Type S. 3. Aggregates - 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 2 of 7 a. Sand aggregates (washed natural sand) - Clean, sharp, and free from clay, loam or other foreign matter. b. Cement plaster - Conform to ASTN C144, graded as follows: Sieve Size % Retained Sieve Size X Retained 4 0 30 30 - 65 8 0 - 10 50 70 - 90 16 10 - 40 100 90 -100 (1) For base coats: Not more than 50% retained between any two consecutive sieves nor more than 25% between the No. 50 and No. 100 sieve. 4. Water - Clean and from a source intended for domestic consumption. 5. Prepared Finish Coat - Factory prepared finish for Portland cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for texture indicated. 2.02 MIXES: A. Portland Cement Plaster: 1. Scratch Coat - 1 part cement, 4 parts sand, 1 /10 part hydrated lime, and water. 2. Brown Coat - I part cement, 5 parts sand, 1 /10 part hydrated lime, and water. 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 3 of 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION ! 3.01 APPLICATIONS: ' • • 1. 2.03 MEASURING AND MIXING: 2. A. Measure all materials in calibrated boxes; shovel 1 measurements are prohibited. For mechanical mixing, 3. completely discharge the mixer and remove all set or 4. partially hardened material before loading the next 5. batch. Partially set material may not be retempered or used. I B. Mix all materials in only sufficient water the proportions specified, adding to attain proper consistency for proper application. PART 3 - EXECUTION ! 3.01 APPLICATIONS: ' A. Stucco -Rite 1. No string wires required. 2. Apply with long dimension at right angles to the supports. 3. Extend both horizontal and vertical factory flaps. 4. Vertical laps should be staggered. 1 5. When circumstances required a "cove" or "shoe" of waterproofed building paper at foundations, at window flashings, and flanges of control ,Joints, the extended factory flaps of waterproofed building paper will meet these requirements in most cases. Apply first course with horizontal factory flap down to form "cove" or "shoe ". Succeeding courses should be applied with factory flap up. When this option is used, a 4" (two mesh) overlap is necessary on the top side of the reversed sheet to comply with waterproofing requirements. In situations where factory flaps are not provided, strip joints with waterproofed building paper. I 1 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 4 of 7 • • 1 B. Gun —Lath: I 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 5 of 7 I 1. Apply with long dimension at right angles to the supports. 2. Band into and around corners and extend not less than one stud space on adJoining walls. 3. Horizontal Joints must lap a minimum of one mesh. Vertical Joints must lap a minimum of one mesh. Horizontal flaps must be wire tied or "clip —tied" between supports. 4. Vertical laps should be staggered. Laps should not occur in line with framed member of openings. 5. When a framed wall is a continuation of a concrete or masonry wall and is to be plastered, extend the lath at least 3 mesh onto the concrete or masonry. When a wall, ceiling or soffit meets concrete or masonry to be plastered, bend the lath into the corner and extend at least 3 mesh onto the concrete or masonry, or if butted at the intersection, provide reinforcing extending at least 3" on each adjacent surface. 6. When lath abuts grounds, screeds, etc., where there is no backing between supports, the horizontal side which has the "stitch" wire at the outer edge should be applied adjacent to the grounds. C. Lathing Accessories: Set metal accessories plumb, level and true, shimmed where necessary. Biter accessories at corners and accurately and tightly fit all exposed Joints. Install sections in longest practical length and hold splices to a minimum. Fasten at not more than 12" centers. Include expansion Joints 1 at maximum 17 —foot centers in plaster surfaces unless otherwise shown. iD. Exterior Corner Reinforcing: Install for full length of external angle of exterior plastering. E. Casing Beads: Install at all free edges of plaster wherever plaster abuts against other finish material and elsewhere as indicated. I 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 5 of 7 I 3.02 1 3.03 r I 09200 ATTACHMENTS: Attachments should securely engage the back wire within the lath and be spaced no more than 6" on center on each support. A. Vertical Surfaces 1. Nails must have a minimum penetration of 3/4" into the support or as required by building codes. Exterior attachments are required to be corrosion - resistant. 2. Staples of 16 gage galvanized wire, 7/8" long and 3/4" wide, must meet standard requirements. On specific applications codes may call for staples of 14 gage galvanized wire, 1 3/8" long and 3/4" wide. PLASTERING: A. Perform the work in accordance with the best standards of practice related to the trade, and properly coor- dinate the plastering work with work of other trades. Comply with all applicable requirements of the govern- ment Building Code, including Fire- Resistive Standards. B. Arrange and install plastering required to conceal or connect finished manner. Ascertain if work are necessary to have been is installed. Uncover any work tions are made when directed by authority having jurisdiction. work when and as with work of others in a inspections of concealed made before this work covered before inspec- the Architect or other C. Rod and straightedge plaster to uniform surfaces in true plane or curve and finish free of laps, cracks, checks or other structural defects, and surface imper- fections, and flush with grounds, corner beads, base screed, outlet boxes and similar details. D. Plane surface shall not vary more than 1/8" when tried with a 8 -foot straightedge. E. Take special care when working into re- entrant corners to see that the plaster 1s not allowed to build out beyond the established finished wall plane. Do not lap successive coats over laps in former coats. LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 6 of 7 3.04 APPLICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER: ' A. Thickness of Plaster: Not less than 7/8" thick for 3 -coat work. 1 B. Portland Cement Plaster Base Coats on Hire Reinforcing Lath: Apply scratch coat to reinforcement with suffi- cient material and pressure to embed the reinforcement in a full 1/2 " of plaster. Before the scratch coat 1 has hardened, rake in a horizontal direction to provide keying for the brown coat. After initial set, keep continuously moist for 48 hours, then allow to dry. Apply brown coat to scratch coat, bring out to grounds, straighten to a true surface, float and compact, and leave sufficiently rough to assure adequate bond for brick veneer. Make no cold joints in brown coat over cold joints in the scratch coat. Moist cure brown coat for 72 hours and allow to set for 14 days before brick veneer application. C. Finish Coat: 1/8" thick, smooth troweled base for painting. END OF SECTION I I j I 1 09200 LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09200 Page 7 of 7 II SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 General Requirements sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ' Types of work include: A. Metal framing and furring. B. Gypsum drywall applied to framing and furring. C. Drywall finishing (joint tape- and - compound treatment). ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Gypsum Board Standard: GA -216 by Gypsum Association. B. Metal Support Standard: ASTM C 754. 1 C. Fire - Resistance Rating: Comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL. D. Manufacturer: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of. gypsum boards. E. Allowable Tolerances: 1/16" offsets between planes of board faces, and 1/8" in 8' -0" for plumb, level, warp and bow. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each gypsum drywall component, including other data as may be required to 1 show compliance with these specifications. 1 09250 C GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 1 of 6 C 0 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: Deliver, identify, store and Protect gypsum drywall materials to comply with referenced standards. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: Environmental Conditions: Comply with referenced standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 09250 A. Exposed Gypsum Board: (Also known as gypsum wallboard). Regular type with tapered long edges. 1. Thicknesses: As indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, comply with thickness requirements of GA -216 for each application and support spacing. Comply with requirements for indicated fire resistance ratings indicated. Thickness: 5/8 2. Sheet Size: Maximum length available which will minimize end joints. 3. Type K 4. Water Resistant Type: Provide in all toilet rooms, 5/8" thick. B. Steel Studs and Runners: Framing designated on drawings shall be rolled formed and channel type formed 25 gauge galvanized steel and designed for screw attachment of gypsum wallboard. Size as noted on drawings. 1. 16 gauge where designated on drawings. GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 2 of 6 n C. Screws: Corrosion resistant self - tapping bugle head spiral thread type, minimum 1" long. 1 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 ' Page 3 of 6 D. Joint Compound: Ready -mixed vinyl -type for interior use. 1. Grade: 2 separate grades: one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions; and one for topping and sanding. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: ' A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Fasteners: Comply with GA -216. C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Mastic type; non - shrinking, non - drying, non - migrating and ' non - staining. ' 2.03 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS: A. Primer: Of type recommended by lanufacturer of texture finish. B. Finish: R/M Smoothcoat and Texture, United States Gypsum Co. 2.04 ACCESS DOORS: A. Walls: Milcor "M" Access Door, prime painted steel 20 ' x 24, #3202 -026, with spanner head cam lock. PART 3 - EXECUTION ` 3.01 WALL /PARTITION SUPPORT SYSTEM: A. Pre - installation conference: Meet at the project site ' with the installers of related work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that 1 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 ' Page 3 of 6 1 1 everything to be concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished, and that chases, access panels, openings, ' F. Located either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that both tapered edge joints abut, and mill -cut or field -cut end Joints abut. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. G. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required ' for additional support at openings and cutouts. H. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where ' recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum board with "floating" internal corner construction, unless isolation of the intersecting boards is indicated, ' unless control or expansion joints are indicated, or unless fire rating is indicated. I. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. I 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 4 of 6 supplementary framing and blocking and similar provisions have been completed. B. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 1 -'0" in alternate courses of board. C. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner ' which will minimize the number of end -butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 1'0 ". D. Install wall /partition boards vertically to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. ' E. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place. ' F. Located either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that both tapered edge joints abut, and mill -cut or field -cut end Joints abut. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. G. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required ' for additional support at openings and cutouts. H. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where ' recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum board with "floating" internal corner construction, unless isolation of the intersecting boards is indicated, ' unless control or expansion joints are indicated, or unless fire rating is indicated. I. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. I 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 4 of 6 I 1 3.03 l_1 1 1 1 1 3.04 • • METHODS OF GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION: A. Single -layer Application: Install exposed gypsum board. 1. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible. 2. On partitions /walls apply gypsum board vertically, unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. 3. On partitions /walls 8' -1" or less in height apply gypsum board vertically use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: ' A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten ' flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. I I 1 1 3.05 1 1 P 1 B. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. C. Install metal ed e trim , model 200 casing bead by U. S. ypsum w en ever a age of gypsum board would be exposed or semi - exposed or abutts a disimilar material. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL FINISHING: A. General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fasteners heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. 1. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where_a trim accessory is indicated. 2. Apply joint compound in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between last 2 coats and after last coat. ' 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 5 of 6 1 3.06 APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH: ' A. Surface drywall texture primer texture Preparation and Primer: Prepare and prime and other surfaces in strict accordance with finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply of proper type to all surfaces to receive finish. B. Finish Application: Nix and apply finish to drywall ' and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of application patterns. C. Remove any texture droppings or overspray from door frames, windows, and other adjoining work. 3.07 PROTECTION OF WORE: ' A. Installer shall advise contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION I I 09250 I 0 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09250 Page 6 of 6 • • a A. Definitions: Tile includes ceramic tile surfaces as indicated and detailed. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for materials required, except bulk materials. B. Samples: Two sets of each tile type and color including necessary trim. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CERAMIC MOSAICS: A. Furnish only Standard Grade ceramic mosaics conforming to ANSI A137.1, as manufactured by Latco or approved equal. B. Furnish- Floor tile 2 1/8 "x 2 1/8" Nuance floor. Wall tile 2 1/8" x 2 1/8" Nuance wall. C. Furnish matching bullnose, cove and trim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: A. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following, except as otherwise indicated. 1. ANSI A108.1: Tile installed with Portland cement mortar. 2. ANSI A108.05: Tile installed with dry -set Portland cement mortar or latex - Portland cement mortar. 9016 #4/09300 TILE 09300 Page 1 of 2 • • B. Comply with manu act„reria instructions for mixing and installation of proprietary materials. C. Jointing Pattern; Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are same size. Layout tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space of each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. D. Grout; 1. Use commercial cement grout with Latex Additive for grouting all tile joints. END OF SECTION 09300 9016 #4/09300 TILE 09300 Page 2 of 2. SECTION 09500 - ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ' Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of each type of acoustical treatment is shown 1 and scheduled on drawings to match and blend with existing acoustical treatment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Installer: Firm with not less than three years of success- , ful experience in installation of acoustical ceilings similar to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to manufacturer of acoustical units, as shown by current written statement from manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each acoustical ceiling material required, including certified 1 laboratory test reports and other data as required to show compliance with these specifications. 1. Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning ' and refinishing acoustical units, including pre- cautions against materials and methods which may be detrimental to finishes and acoustical Iperformances. B. Samples: 1. Two sets of 12" square samples for each acoustical unit required, showing full range of exposed color and texture to be expected in completed work. C. Maintenance Stock: At time of completing installation, ' deliver stock of maintenance material to Owner. Furnish full size units matching units installed, packaged with protection covering for storage, and ' 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT SECTION 09500 Page 1 of 3 ' identified with appropriate labels. Furnish amount equal to 2.0% of acoustical units and exposed suspen- sion installed. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, and until work above ceilings completed, and until ' ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING MATERIAL: A. General: Acoustical materials shall be Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and shall be Type III, Class A, according to Federal Specification SSS -118B. B. Acoustic Panels shall be 24" x 48 ", Lay In, Minaboard, Fissured Panel as manufactured by Armstrong or approved equal. 2.02 SUSPENSION: ' A. Suspension system shall be: Exposed grid framing 15/16" electogalvaniaed steel, finish on exposed surfaces with off -white low sheen enamel. B. Framing shall comply with ASTM -C 635 "Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings." Suspension system shall be classified "Intermediate ". ' C. Support suspension system by 12 -guage hanger wires. Provide seismic ties bracing and vertical lift restraint per U.B.C. 1988. ' 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A: Wall Molding: Angle shape, 7/8" x 7/8 ", exposed face surface finished to match ceiling. 1. Interior Corner: Mitered corner 2. Exterior Corner: Outside corner cap, 718" wide, hemmed edge, prefinished to match wall molding. ' 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT SECTION 09500 Page 2 of 3 • • 3. Fixed Support Frame: Extruded vinyl section, mitered corners and steel corner inserts, prefinished to match suspension system components. 4. Air Diffuser: Refer to Section 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive materials for conditions which will adversely affect installation. B. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Work to be Concealed: Verify work above ceiling suspension system is complete and installed in manner which will not affect layout and installation of suspension system components. 3.02 PREPARATION Field Dimensions: Installer must ve-lfy actual field dimensions prior to installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Standard Reference: Install in accordance with ASTM C636. B. Manufacturer's Reference: Install in accordance with manufacturer's current printed recommendations. 3.04 CLEANING ' A. Maintenance: Perform general cleaning maintenance with nonsolvent based commercial cleaner. ' END OF SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT SECTION 09500 Page 3 of 3 ' • • SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 1.02 1.03 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Extent of resilient flooring on drawings and in schedules. QUALITY ASSURANCE: and accessories is shown A. Product Data: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessories. . B. Samples: Submit 3 sets of samples of each type, color, and finish of resilient flooring and accessory required, indicating full range of color and pattern variation. C. Maintenance Instructions: Submit 2 copies of manufac- turer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. D. Replacement Material: After completion of work, deliver to project site replacement materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed, follows: ' 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: ' A. Maintain minimum temperature of 650F (180C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 40 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 550F (130C) in areas where work is completed. B. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 1 of 4 completed. Moisture content of concrete slabs and environmental conditions must be within limits recommended by manufacturer of products being installed. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Colors and Patterns: As selected City from manufacturer's standards. ' B. Resilient Flooring: 1. Homogeneous Sheet Vinyl floor, non - layered, non- backed, color and pattern as manufactured by Armstrong floor, ' 2. Series " Seagate ". C. Base: 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 2 of 4 1. Rubber top set cove base as manufactured by Burke ' Flooring Products and complying to Federal Specifi- cation SS- W -40a, Type I. Base will be selected by ' the Architect from the Commercial Series. ". 2. Sizes: Typical 4 ' 3. Thickness: 1/8" E. Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. ' F. Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. G. Stair Treads: Vinyl treads and nosing full width and length of stair, to be Tri- Action as manufactured by Mercer Products, Inc. or approved equal. First and last tread of each stair run shall have white accent strip. 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 2 of 4 fH. Stair Risers: Shall be Mercer 711, Coved,.085" GA to match stair treads. I. Stair Stringer: To be Mercer 10 ", .085" GA. to match stair treads ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION Installer resilient must noti to proper ' with work rected in must examine areas and conditions under which flooring and accessories are to be installed and fy Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental and timely completion of work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been cor- manner acceptable to Installer. ' 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and ' inspect subfloor. Start of flooring installation indicates acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work. 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 3 of 4 1. Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depres- sions in subfloors. ' 2. Perform moisture tests on concrete slabs to deter- mine that concrete surfaces are sufficiently cured and ready to receive flooring. 3. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's ' directions. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Place flooring with adhesive cement in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Butt tightly to vertical surfaces, thresholds, nosings, and edgings. Scribe around obstructions to produce neat joints, laid tight, even, and straight. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 3 of 4 1 • • B. Accessories: 1. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to backing throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring t manufacturer. Protect installed flooring with heavy Kraft Paper or other covering. ' B. Finishing: After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly clean floors and accessories. ' C. Apply polish and buff, with type of polish, number of coats, and buffing procedures in compliance with flooring manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION LJ F 09660 i RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 09680 CARPET 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ' A. Extent of each type of flooring to include carpet, pad, base and accessories. 9016 #4/09680 CARPET 09680 Page 1 of 2 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Flame /Smoke Resistance Standards: Where ratings are required for carpet or for carpet - plus -pad ' installations, provide materials complying with ratings as indicated for the following test standards: t 1. Pile Test: Test for flammability, ASTM D 2859, or DOC FF -1 -70. ' 2. Smoke Density Test: Test in radiant heat chamber, with and without flame, for density of smoke generated, ASTM E 662, or NFPA No. 258, also known ' as NBS Smoke Density Chamber Test. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete technical product data for carpet, cushion and accessory item required. ' B. Samples: Submit 18" x 27" samples of each carpet required, 6" long samples of each type exposed edge stripping. Sample shall be submitted within 35 days of ' award of Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET: A. Carpet construction and performance minimum requirements are to be as follows: Manufacturer: Pacific Crest ' Types: Ovation Yarn Weight: 26 oz. Yarn: 100% Antron III Color: To be selected from manufacturer standard colors. 9016 #4/09680 CARPET 09680 Page 1 of 2 1 • 2.0 2 BASF,.: A. Manufacturer: Type: Size: Color: LJ Burke Top Set Coved Q inch To be Selected A. Examine substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed. Repair minor holes, cracks, depressions or rough areas using material recommended by carpet or adhesive manufacturer. Notify Contractor in writing of major conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet, maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay ' of pile. At doors, center seams under doors, do not place seams in traffic direction at doorways. 4 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION; ' A. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet ' where spots cannot be removed. Remove any protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. ' END OF SECTION 09680 II I I I t901654/09680 CARPET 09680 Page 2 of 2 ' SECTION 09900 - PAINTING • ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to the work specified in this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of painting work is shown on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. ' B. The work includes painting and finishing of interior, and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout project. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop- priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work. C. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamel, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied mater- ials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish ' coats. D. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules ", except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifi- cally mentioned, paint same as adjacent similar mater- ials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, architect will select these from standard colors available for materials systems specified. ' E. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work, and similar items. F. Pre - Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory - finishing or installer - finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) metal toilet enclosure, pre-finished ' partition systems, acoustic materials, architectural woodwork and casework, finished mechanical and elec- trical equipment including light fixtures, switchgear i09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 1 of 8 ' and distribution cabinets, elevator entrance frames, doors and equipment. G. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility ' tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts. H. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized ' aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. I. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing ' devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. J. Do not paint over any code - required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or ' nomenclature plates. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical infor- mation including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use. B. Samples: Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of material ' and application for each coat of each finish sample. On 12" x 12" hardboard, provide two samples of each color material, with texture to simulate actual conditions. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable sheen, color, and texture is achieved. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened 1 packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and following information: I ' 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 2 of 8 ' 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Apply water -base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 500F (100C) and 900F (320C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed ' instructions. B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures ' are between 4 5 0 F (70C) and 950F (350C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85%; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by paint ' manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COLORS AND FINISHES: A. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes, are ' indicated in "schedules" of the contract documents. B. Prior to beginning work, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. C. Color Pigments: Pure, non - fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated. D. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints ' are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on charac- teristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify Architect in writing of ' 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 3 of 8 t any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. ' 2.02 MATERIAL QUALITY: ' A. Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable pain materials manufacturers. materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will ' not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products of name manufacturers are required to exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. B. Provide undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. 2.03 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS (EPS):. ' Provide the following paint systems for various substrates as indicated on the drawings and specifications herein. EPS -1 Plaster 1 1st Coat fi 2nd Coat: Exterior Flat Acrylic Emulsion. 2nd coat with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. ' EPS -2 Ferrous Metal: 1st Coat: Zinc Yellow -Iron Oxide Primer ' 2nd Coat fi 3rd Coat: Exterior Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel. EPS -3 Concrete Masonry Units ' 1st Coat: Water Repellant Clear Sealer. 2.04 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS (IPS): Provide the following paint systems for various substrates ' as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. IPS -1 Gypsum Drywall (DW). Flat: ' 1st Coat: Latex Primer. 2nd Coat fi ' 3rd Coat: Flat Alkyd Enamel. 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 4 of 8 IPS -2 Gypsum Drywall (DW). Eggshell: 1st Coat: Latex Primer. 2nd Coat fi 3rd Coat: Eggshell Alkyd Enamel. IPS -3 Gypsum Drywall (DW), Gloss: ' 1st Coat: Latex Primer. 2nd Coat fi 3rd Coat: Gloss Alkyd Enamel. IPS -4 Wood, Eggshell: 1st Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoater. 2nd Coat 3rd Coat: Gloss Alkyd Enamel. IPS -5 Ferrous Metal, Eggshell: 1st Coat: Red Lead Primer. 2nd Coat 6 3rd Coat: Interior Eggshell Alkyd Enamel. All coat painted finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to architect. B. Starting of painting work will be construed as Contractors acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. ' 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 5 of 8 1 C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: ' C. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly- painted surfaces. ' D. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. Touch -up shop - applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch -up with same type shop primer. E. Galvanized 6 Aluminum: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non - petroleum based solvent. ItI 11 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: 4 4J A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 6 of 8 A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate ' condition. B. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish - painted, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. ' C. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly- painted surfaces. ' D. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. Touch -up shop - applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch -up with same type shop primer. E. Galvanized 6 Aluminum: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non - petroleum based solvent. ItI 11 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: 4 4J A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 6 of 8 C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film, and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3.04 APPLICATION: A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's 1 directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that 1 surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 2. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat. 3. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop - primed and touch -up painted, unless otherwise indicated. 1 B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable ' after preparation and before subsequent surface deter- ioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel stick under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. C. Minimum Coatinx Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer. D. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 7 of 8 iI ' with no burn- through or other defects due to insuffi- cient sealing. E. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. I I I P I I 1 Li F. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 CLEAN -UP AND PROTECTION: A. Clean -UP: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. H. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly- painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. 2. At the completion of work of other trades, touch -up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION 1 09900 I PAINTING SECTION 09900 Page 8 of 8 I I 1 10520 i1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SECTION 10520 Page 1 oft • • SECTION 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including 1 General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: "Fire extinguishers" in this section refers to units which can be hand - carried as opposed to those which are equipped with wheels or to fixed fire extinguishing systems, unless otherwise indicated. B. Types of products in this section include: 1. Fire extinguishers. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide portable fire extinguishers, cabinets and ' accessories by one manufacturer, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. B. UL- Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extin- guishers which are UL- listed and bear UL "Listing Mark" for type, rating and classification of extinguisher ' indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: iProduct Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for all portable fire extin- guishers required. I I 1 10520 i1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SECTION 10520 Page 1 oft i 't A I n I 1] I 1 `I I I I I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: A. Provide a Potter - Roemer Figure 3005, 5 lbs. ABC Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Portable Fire Extinguisher. UL Rating 2A:IDB:C. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Securely fasten mounting brackets and fire extin- guisher to structure, square and plumb, to comply with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Where exact location is not indicated, locate as directed by Fire Marshal. END OF SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SECTION 10520 Page 2 oft SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Manufacturer: Bobrick, Bradley or approved equal. Refer to the Drawings for "Toilet Accessory Key ". 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10800 Page 1 of 2 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORE: Extent of each type of toilet accessory is shown on drawings and schedules. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure ' proper operation and servicing of accessory units. B. Products: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. C. Manufacturer: Provide toilet accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equip., Inc., Parker ' Inc. or equal. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: ' Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. ! PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.01 FABRICATION: General: Stamped names.or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted, except where otherwise indicated. Wherever locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory, provide same keying throughout project. Furnish two keys for each lock. j2.02 SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES: Manufacturer: Bobrick, Bradley or approved equal. Refer to the Drawings for "Toilet Accessory Key ". 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10800 Page 1 of 2 • • Mark Description Mfr. No. Read. A Surface Mounted Paper B -262 Two Towel Dispenser B Surface Mounted B -275 Two Waste Receptacle C Mirror and Shelf B- 290 -2436 Two D Surface Mounted (Double) B -274 Two Toilet Paper Holder E Toilet Seat Cover B -221 Two Dispenser F Grab Bars (36x48) B -6137 Two G Clothes Hook B -211 Two PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Installer must examine substrates, previously installed inserts and anchorages necessary for mounting of toilet accessories, and other conditions under which installation is to occur, and must notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Ad Just toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10800 Page 2 of 2 11400 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 11400 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 11400 - ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions and Division -I Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ' Extent of Athletic Equipment shall include basketball equipment and installation as shown on drawings and Ispecified herein, including but not limited to: A. Backboards and baskets; B. Post support; C. Wall support; D. Installation of equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specification, standard details, and installation recommendations for equipment. Submit manufacturer's design for installation of post support and wall support. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 General: Products shall be as manufactured by "Aalco" manufacturing Company, 1650 Avenue H, St. Louis, MO 63125. (800) 537 -1259, or an approved equal. ' 2.02 Backboards: 4'x6'xl -1/2" rectangular Fiberglass backboard No. 901, 2 required. 2.03 Baskets: "Standard" Rigidbuilt Goals with Perma Lace nets, Model No. 22H, 2 Required. 2.04 Post: BB 91, "Goose Neck" upright 6" standard galvanized pipe, 6' extension, Model No. G66. Suitable for rectangular steel backboard. 2.05 Wall Bracket: BB #2, Wall bracket will be fabricated and provided by the City. Contractor is to install bracket on wall with 8-3/4" expansion anchor bolts. Also install backboard on bracket per manufacturer's instructions. 11400 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 11400 Page 1 of 2 1 � � 1 SECTION 11400 - ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions and Division -I Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of Athletic Equipment shall include basketball I equipment and installation as shown on drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to: ' 11400 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 11400 Page 1 of 2 A. Backboards and baskets; B. Post support; C. Wall support; D. Installation of equipment. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specification, standard details, and installation recommendations for equipment. Submit manufacturer's design for installation of post support and wall support. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: t2.01 General: Products shall be as manufactured by "Aalco" manufacturing Company, 1650 Avenue H, St. Louis, MO 63125. (800) 537 -1259, or an approved equal. 2.02 Backboards: 4'x6'xl -1/2" rectangular steel backboard No. 701, 2 Required. I2.03 "Standard" Baskets: Rigidbuilt Goals with Perma Lace nets, Model No. 22H, 2 Required. ' 2.04 Post: BB O1, "Goose Neck" upright 6" standard galvanized pipe, 6' extension, Model No. G66. Suitable for ' rectangular 'steel backboard. 2.05 Wall Brackett BB b2, Wall bracket will be fabricated and provided by the City. Contractor is to install bracket on wall with 8 -314" expansion anchor bolts. Also install backboard on bracket per manufacturer's instructions. ' 11400 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 11400 Page 1 of 2 • • 1 2.06 Attachment 6 Fittings: Provide all necessary anchors, brackets, bolts, shims, etc., as required for proper installation. PART 3 — EXECUTION: 3.01 General: Install post, support, backboards and baskets in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Post footing shall be per design by manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 11400 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 11400 Page 2 of 2 ISECTION 11500 - INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions and Division -I Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of Industrial Equipment shall include traveling overhead hoist as shown on drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to: ' A. Runway rails; B. Hoist runway and trolley; C. Electric hoist: 1. Existing City owned 2 ton, 1 -HP; 2. Alternate new 2 ton; D. Accessories, equipment and fittings; E. Installation. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with latest specification for Electrical Overhead Traveling Cranes, prepared by Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc. (CMAA). ' B. Equipment manufacturer shall be one of the following or an approved equal: 1. Crane Veyor Corp. ' 2. Spanmaster. 3. Yale Hoist. 4. Stahl Hoist. 1 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and installation recommendations for components of the system. Include test reports certifying that products have been tested and comply with performance requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for installation. Coordinate installation details with structural and electrical drawings. 11500 INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 11500 Page 1 of 2 i i i 1.05 HOIST: A. Inspect existing hoist owned by City. Hoist is to be reconditioned for installation into the system. Provide appropriate trolley mechanism and electrical wiring. B. Alternate: Provide new 2 ton electrical hoist including: Hand controls, hook, trolley and accessories necessary for proper operation. 1.06 TROLLEY: A. Trolley shall be designed to support hoist and shall be manually operated. 1.07 HOIST RUNWAY: A. Provide electrically controlled hoist runway to be operated at hoist controls. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 PREPARATION: Before shipment, the system shall be cleaned and given a shop paint protective coating. 3.02 ASSEMBLY: Assemble to extent possible in manufacturer's plant. If feasible, trolley should be placed on runway. 3.03 ERECTION: A. Install assembly including field wiring, and starting. Supervise all field assembly and final checkout. Provide instruction to City staff on proper operations and maintenance. B. Entire system shall be provided with all necessary lubrication fittings. Before putting into operation, all bearings, gears, etc., should be properly lubricated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 11500 INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 11500 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divisions-1 Specification selections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE: A. Work shall include all labor and materials required for the completion of a fully 1 operating plumbing system including but not necessarily limited to: all excavation, installation, backfill and compaction; obtaining all required licenses, permits, inspections, meters and connections; all water distribution; all vents and wastes; floor drainage; fixtures and trim; rough -in and connect condensate to owner - furnished and mechanical appliances. Repave walkways as necessary. City will wave all permit fees. 1. Work includes: Domestic water, sewer, gas and compressed air; inluding demolition, furnishing I and installation of new. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Within ten (10) days after award of contract submit to the Architect six (6) sets of submittals including catalogue cuts of plumbing equipment and complete shop drawings and materials including that which is required but not specked. ' B. As -Built Drawings: During progress of the work maintain an accurate record of all changes made from the plans. Present a professionally done, reproducible plan to Architect reflecting changes. i 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Contractor shall visit site prior to bidding and fully acquaint himself with conditions affecting installation of the proposed system. B. Verify electrical power requirements on site. Confirm accessibility and location of services. C. Maintain continuity of service to existing systems without inconvenience or danger to personnel. 1 PLUMBING 15400 • • 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General: Use only new first class materials. Equipment to be identified with ' name plate. Electrical equipment to be UL listed. Where required all to be State Fire Marshall Approved. All insulation shall have a flame spread of not more than ' 25 and a smoke density not exceeding 50. 2.02 Piping Materials: ' 1. Soil and waste and vent piping within buildings: Service weight cast iron no -hub soil pipe unless otherwise noted. Make up with compression -type fittings with stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies and neoprene joints. 2. Vent piping 2 1/2" size and smaller above floor may be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe made up with cast iron drainage fittings. 3. Domestic water piping: a) All hot and cold water piping above floor shall be Type "K" hard-d rawn copper tube made up with 95-5 solder. b) Below -grade and below -slab piping shall be Type "K" annealed copper tube made up above floor. ' c) Domestic water piping below ground outside of buildings size 1 1/2" and smaller shall be PVC Schedule 40. Size 2" and larger shall be PVC Schedule 80 or Class 315 using Schedule 80 fittings. Only Schedule 40 male adapters are acceptable. Set pipe a minimum of 18" deep and provide a ground wire ' connecting building piping to meter. 4 Condensate drain and indirect waste piping: Above grade shall be DWV copper ' with DWV drainage type fittings. PVC may be used as approved by jurisdictional authorities. 5 Gas piping shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe (ASTM A120) with 150 psi black banded malleable iron screwed fittings and plain pattern couplings. 1 1/4 inches and larger fittings may be butt welded. Coat and wrap buried piping. ' 6 Compressed air piping: Air piping shall be Schedule 80 black steel pipe (ASTM 120) with 250 psi black banded malleable iron screwed fittings and plain pattern couplings. 2.03 Miscellaneous Materials: IPLUMBING 15400 ' 9. Combination pressure and temperature relief valves: Watts Regulator Co. or equal on storage tanks and water heaters (sized for BTUH input and ASTM stamped). 10. Fixtures and equipment: All fixtures and equipment shall be as specified and shall be complete with all stops, supplies, backing drain, chrome plated bronze trim and other items necessary for a complete, operable facility. Fixtures shall be American Standard, Crane, or Kohler unless otherwise specified. Provide vacuum breakers at all service sinks. 11. Pipe wrapping: Coat all buried metal pipe with 30 mils thick Johns Manville Trantex lapped 1 /2" or factory coated with Hunt's process H.P. #f 11 coal tar wrap. Test with Holiday detector at 7000 volts for defects. Insulate all hot water pipe above grade per Tide 24 requirements. Provide canvas finish and adhesive sizing. Hot water pipe below grade shall be wrapped with 1" minimum foam insulation. PLUMBING 15400 1. Valves: Gate valves shall be "Walworth ", or equal, 125 lb. solder ends, all bronze. Hose bibs shall be "Acorn" 8105-2 wall box at walkways „and 8126 free standing. Loose key operated; finished with chrome inside and bronze outside. All hose bibbs shall have build in vacuum breakers. Crane 252 gas cock will be ' used except where not otherwise noted. 2. Pipe sleeves and escutcheons: All pipe sleeves shall be "Adjusto- Crete ", or ' equal, with B &C chrome plated escutcheons in all finished areas. 3 Hangers and supports: Shall be Grinnel or equal. Provide lateral bracing where ' hangers exceed 18" long. Isolate hangers and supports from piping with Semco Trisolators. Insulate at openings of structure with 1/2" felt wrap. ' 4 Vent flashing: Vent flashing at each vent through the roof shall be heavy AMC galvanized sheet metal with zinc chromate coating. 5 Water hammer arresters: Stainless steel bellows type at all quick closing valves, J. R. Smith Series 5000. Provide access. 6 Cleanouts: Floor cleanouts: Smith 4023, 4043. Grade cleanouts: Smith 4253. Wall cleanouts: Smith 4553 in tile walls and toilet rooms and 4532 in other. ' 7. Unions: Isolate all dissimilar metals with "EPCO" dielectric unions. Provide NEBCO 623 for 2" and smaller and #f740 for larger. 8. Access plates: Access plates shall be provided at all concealed valves and equipment. Milcor or equal, hinged, rated to match construction, stainless or prime coated steel as selected by Architect, equipped with key locking device. In ' acoustical ceilings provide with inset to receive ceiling tile. ' 9. Combination pressure and temperature relief valves: Watts Regulator Co. or equal on storage tanks and water heaters (sized for BTUH input and ASTM stamped). 10. Fixtures and equipment: All fixtures and equipment shall be as specified and shall be complete with all stops, supplies, backing drain, chrome plated bronze trim and other items necessary for a complete, operable facility. Fixtures shall be American Standard, Crane, or Kohler unless otherwise specified. Provide vacuum breakers at all service sinks. 11. Pipe wrapping: Coat all buried metal pipe with 30 mils thick Johns Manville Trantex lapped 1 /2" or factory coated with Hunt's process H.P. #f 11 coal tar wrap. Test with Holiday detector at 7000 volts for defects. Insulate all hot water pipe above grade per Tide 24 requirements. Provide canvas finish and adhesive sizing. Hot water pipe below grade shall be wrapped with 1" minimum foam insulation. PLUMBING 15400 2.04 Others Materials: ' All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ' A. Clearances: The drawings are essentially diagrammatic. Provide equipment clearances and offsets in piping as necessary to conform to structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom and keep passageways clear as a contract requirement. Equipment shall be accessible for maintenance. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work of this section with other trades to avoid interference and for the general benefit of all the work. Arrange for and make all utility connections. Verify approved locations prior to construction and installation. ' C. Enclosure of Pipes: Except where specifically permitted by the architect, route all pipes concealed within building cavities. iD. Trenching and Backfilling: Perform all trenching and backfilling associated with the plumbing installation. Obtain minimum 90% compaction. E. Codes: Perform all work according to all applicable codes and regulations. Obtain all permits, and inspections required by governing authorities. Additional work required to conform to these codes will be done at no additional charge. The City will wave all permit fees ' 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPING: A. Thoroughly clean piping before installation. B. Underground piping shall have a minimum cover of 36 ". Metal pipe shall extend to a minimum of ten feet (10') from the building. Provide sleeves for pipes Ipassing through footings. C. Provide clamps or concrete thrust blocks on dead ends, angles or at other points where separation may occur in joints. D. Provide fittings at all water supply outlets and connections to fixtures which will hold the pipe rigidly to the structure and will allow no movement. E. Provide a union on one side of all valves and at equipment connections. i PLUMBING 15400 F. Make suitable provision for maximum expansion and contraction of piping. ' G. No bullhead tees, close nipples, or bushings will be allowed. H. Cushion all traps and bearings to minimize transfer of sound. And provide water hammer arresters at quick closing valves. ' I. Slope all waste and sewer piping at 1/4 inch per foot unless otherwise noted or permitted. ' J. Provide trap primers to all floor drains and other infrequently used traps in accordance with local requirements. K. Cutting and Patching: Do all drilling cutting and patching required for the installation of the same materials and workmanship as the original work. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: ' A. Verify fixture and equipment locations and service with the architectural plans and furnish and connect fixtures and equipment shown thereon. Equipment shall be securely anchored to the structure. ' B. Wall -hung fixtures on stud walls shall be securely attached to a 1/4" thick by 8" wide steel plate which shall extend to at least one stud beyond the first and last ' fixture mounting point. Plate shall be shop drilled with holes 1/16" larger than stud bolts supplied with fixture or fixture arms specked. A jam nut shall be set tight against face of plate to secure stud. Fixture hanger or arm shall be supported free of finished wall by means of second set of jam nuts. Plates shall be securely bolted to each stud crossed with 1.8" minimum by 2" steel backup plates. Fixtures with back, specified with supporting arms, shall, in addition to the above specified ' plates, have fixture hangers securely attached by a 2" by 8" wood backings. C. Each individual fixture supply shall be provided with chromium plated loose key ' I.P.S. stop valve. Deliver loose keys to the owner. No rubber packing or composition seal shall be installed. Supplies shall be metal to metal only. D. Provide piping connections to equipment provided under the Air Conditioning Section. 3.04 STERILIZATION OF PIPES: A. After preliminary purging of the system chlorinate the entire potable water system in accordance with the current recommendations of the American Water Works Association. B. Chlorinate only when the buildings are unoccupied. Then thoroughly flush the ' PLUMBING 15400 ' entire potable water system. 3.05 CLEANING TESTING AND ADJUSTING: ' A. Flush water systems clean and make all tests (including a bacteria test) required by jurisdictional authorities. B. Make adjustments required to eliminate noise and vibration as required for approval of the CITY. PART 4- GUARANTEES Materials and equipment provided and /or installed under this section shall be quaranteed for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the City. i 1 i PLUMBING 15400 ' SECTION 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION: A. Work Included: ' Work shall include all labor and materials required for the completion of a fully-operating system including, but not limited to, the following: Air conditioning equipment; Exhaust systems; Temperature controls; Ductwork; Insulation; Sound ' attenuation; Appurtenances; Obtaining permits. The City will wave all permit fees. B. Work Specified Elsewhere: ' Electrical conduit, conductors, outlets, disconnect switches, starters and connections; Water,gas, and condensate piping and connections; Louvers in doors ' and walls; Equipment pads. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ' A. Shop Drawings: Within ten (10) days after award of contract submit to the Architect six (6) sets of ' submittals including catalogue cuts of mechanical equipment and complete shop drawings and materials, including that which is required but not described. B. As Built Drawings: During progress of work maintain a record of changes made from plans. On completion of work, present a professionally done reproducible drawing to the Architect. ' 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Verify electrical power requirements on site. Confirm accessibility and location of services. B. Maintain continuity of service to existing systems. C. Visit site prior to bidding to understand conditions affecting installation of the proposed system. ' PART 2.00 PRODUCTS HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 2.01 General: Use only new first class undamaged materials. Equipment to be identified with name plate. Hardware for equipment anchorage shall be galvanized. All electrical equipment shall be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories. Where required, materials shall be State Fire Marshall Approved. All duct and insulation materials shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke - density not exceeding 50, per UMC 1005. 2.02 Ductwork: A. Ductwork shall be airtight USSG galvanized iron or steel with gauges and construction conforming to NFPA Pamphlet No. 90A and SMACNA recommendations. Provide air foil turning vanes on mitered elbows and R/W = 1.5 on radius elbows . Install adjustable extractors and dampers and reinforce where needed to balance the system and for smooth silent flow. Net inside dimensions indicated on drawings. B. Class 1 flexible ductwork, Glassflex "I HP-1" shall be used at end connection to air outlet. C. Joints of ductwork exposed to weather shall be sealed watertight with Arabol and canvas. Joints of protected ductwork shall be taped with NASHUA No. 357 pressure sensitive tape. Flexible connections shall meet NFPA specs and be UL listed and Fire Marshall approved. D. Support ducts on roof on structural angle frames and base plates set in mastic. Use 1" galvanized steel hangers in ceiling space. E. At contractor's option Casco duct 1" thick with positive vapor seal is acceptable in lieu of concealed sheet metal round pipe. Insulate to conform to Title 24. F. Ductwork below ground shall be made from spiral duct using one thickness greater than that recommended for the size. Ductwork below ground will be ' surrounded with four (4) inches of concrete. 2.03 Insulation: Insulate ductwork according to UMC, chapter 10. A. Concealed ductwork: Insulate with 1" thickness 3/4 lb. density fiberglass blanket. Lap 2" and seal. Secure with 18 gauge galvanized annealed wire on 12" centers. B. Ductwork exposed outside buildings and lined ductwork: Line supply and returned air ducts with 1-1 /2" of coated 1 1 /2 lb. duct liner applied with adhesive. With ducts over 24" wide secure with mechanical fasteners in addition to adhesive. HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 Coat exposed edges of liner with adhesive. C. The first 10 ft. of ductwork from rooftop equipment shall be acoustically lined. ' D. Insulate Hot Water and Refrigerant piping according to the requirements of Title 24. Tape and seal. 2.04 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles: A. All registers and diffusers shall have face operated opposed blade dampers; finish shall be factory finished baked white enamel. Provide gasket between finish surface and frame to prevent vibration. See architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact location of outlets. B. Use the following by "A.D.P." with throw as shown: Ceiling Diffuser at gypboard ceiling, ADP MAC. Ceiling Diffuser at T-Bar ceiling, ADP MAC-FP. Return and Exhaust Registers, ADP KRHD -705 (-FP for T -Bar). Side wall registers, ADP K-315. ' 2.05 Accessories: A. Manual dampers: Manual dampers with locking quadrants shall be used on all duct branches. B. Where required, provide approved fire and smoke dampers in ductwork as required by authorities having jurisdiction, including the State Fire Marshal, and in conformance with Uniform Building Code Standard No. 43 -7 bearing UL label. C. Access doors: Provide where dampers, fan bearings or other equipment require access. Shall be double -wall type with felt or foam rubber gasket seal, butt hinges and sash locks. Insulate where duct is insulated. In wall and ceilings use Inland Steel "Milcor" with prime coat enamel, flush keyed cylinder lock and with proper rating. D. Flashing and birdscreen: Provide watertight sheet metal flashing and counter flashing for work under this section. On outside air openings barometric dampers shall be provided as well as birdscreen constructed of 114 " mesh No. 16 gauge e galvanized wire. E. Refrigerant piping to be type "L" copper with silver brazed fittings. Tube kits may be used on short runs. Charge piping per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2 Equipment: A. Air Conditioning Unit: Year-round packaged air conditioner, model and rating ' indicated, factory-assembled and tested, AGA, ARI and UL approved and meeting HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 A.N.S.I. standards with factory-wired control system. Provide crankcase heaters, ' high and low pressure switches and short cycle controls with each unit. Provide low ambient control for units operating at night. B. Exhaust Fans and Roof Vents: Provide as shown on plans. C. Evaporative Coolers: Provide as shown on plans. ' D. Unit Heaters: Provide as shown on plans. E. Controls: Time clocks shall be Paragon 4003. Clocks and timers to be purchased and installed by the Electrical Contractor. Install thermostat and sub base with locking cover to provide heating and cooling with automatic changeover and fan control. All fans shall be set for continuous operation. Fan control shall be accomplished by time clocks, bypass timers or light switch interlock as indicated. Locate thermostats at 4" above finished floor. On system exceeding I 2000 CFM, provide smoke detector in return air plenum to shut off HVAC equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Clearances: The drawings are essentially diagrammatic: Verify locations of equipment, ductwork and piping to provide equipment service clearance and offsets in piping and ductwork where necessary to conform to structure, avoid ' obstructions, preserve headroom and keep passageways clear, as a contract requirement. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work of this section with other trades to avoid interferences and for the general benefit of all the work. Refer to architectural drawings for exact location of outlets. Notify architect of any discrepancies In the plan. C. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. ' Obtain and pay for all permits, fees and inspections required by governing authorities. Additional work required to conform to these codes will be done at no additional charge. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Ductwork and Equipment: Fabricate in strict accordance with the referenced standards and materials. Install equipment according to manufacturer's recommendations. HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 B. Cutting and Patching: Do all drilling, cutting and patching required for the ' installation of the same materials and workmanship as the original work. C. Equipment Labels and Nameplates: Attach manufacturer's metal identification ' labels to equipment. D. Painting: Paint all black steel equipment surfaces with one coat of metal primer. The inside of ductwork at registers or grilles shall be painted flat black. E. Equipment Anchorage: Equipment shall be anchored to building in accordance ' with the requirements of the City of Newport Beach. Install equipment in a level position. Provide seismic bracing according to manufacturer's recommendations. ' F. Weatherproofing: Weatherproof all equipment requiring protection from the weather. All building penetrations shall be counterflashed and made weather tight. ' G. There shall be conspicuously posted at or near access to the roof, a set of instructions for shutting down the system in case of emergency with the name, ' address and day -night telephone numbers for obtaining service. The Contractor shall coordinate this requirement with the City of Newport Beach Utilities Department. ' H. Make provision for maximum expansion and construction of all piping and support so that vibration will not transmit to structure. I. Furnish dimensioned drawings and install insets for pads and openings as required for mechanical equipment. Neglecting this the contractor will bear the cost of special cutting and patching. J. All outside air intakes shall be 10 ft. from or 3 ft. above any noxious vent. Exhaust hoods shall exhaust 10 ft. minimum from adjacent building. K. Any existing piping or conduit encountered shall be properly shored and protected from damage, or relocated and reconnected to the existing system, as directed by the Architect. L. Clean all trash and debris from the site daily. 3.03 ELECTRICAL: ' A. All motors, power-driven equipment and automatic control equipment required and connected with the work of this Section of the Specifications are to be furnished and installed under this Section. Motors shall be NEMA constructed and rated and shall suit the purpose of the required duty, and wound for the correct voltage. Use Lincoln, Sterling, Westinghouse, or U.S. B. All low voltage conduit and line voltage temperature control wiring and conduit HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 I shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor. Provide one terminal and one ' identification number on each wire end. All low voltage wiring shall be done by the Air conditioning Contractor using 16 AWG. ' 3.04 FINAL OPERATION: A. Upon completion of the installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall ' instruct the Owner in all details of operation and maintenance of the project. B. Four (4) copies of operation and maintenance manuals shall be delivered to the Architect. All tools furnished with equipment for maintenance and operation shall be presented to the Owner upon completion of the project. C. Testing and Adjusting: Provide four (4) copies of an air balance report including the supply air, return air and outside air readings from each device and ' the static pressures and velocities for each, and the system totals for the existing and new HVAC equipment. Each piece of equipment for the system shall be adjusted and readjusted to insure proper functioning of all controls, proper ' distribution of water and air, elimination of drafts, noise and vibration, and left in first-class operating condition. ' PART 4.00 - GUARANTEE I F A. All materials and equipment provided and /or installed under this Section of the Specification shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner which shall cover equipment failure, defective materials or faulty workmanship. The contractor will be responsible for damage caused by leaks or breaks of equipment installed under this section . HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING 15800 ' SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, ' equipment, facilities, transportation and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be included as work under this section. 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical work. 1.02 GENERAL SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. The specifications and drawings are intended to cover a t complete installation of systems. The omission of expressed reference to any item of labor or material for the proper execution of the work in accordance with present practice of the trade shall not relieve the ' Contractor from providing such additional labor and materials. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -1 1 B. Refer to the drawings and shop drawings of other trades for additional details which affect the proper installation of this work. Diagrams and symbols showing electrical connections are diagrammatic only. Wiring ' diagrams do not necessarily show the exact physical arrangement of the equipment. C. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall familiarize ' himself with all features of the building drawings and site drawings which may affect the execution of the work. No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain ' this information. D. If there are omissions or conflicts between the drawings and specifications, clarify these points with the Architect before submitting bid. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -1 1 1.05 PERMITS Take out all required permits, inspections and examinations without additional cost to the Owner. City will waive permit and inspection fees. ' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -2 1 ' 1.03 LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT A. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangements of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the work so as to secure the best possible installation in ' the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference of structure conditions encountered. t B. Where outlets are placed on a wall, locate symmetrically with respect to each other and other features or finishes ' on the wall. C. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes made without cost, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc., and ' work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required. D. Lighting fixtures in mechanical spaces are shown in their approximate location only. Do not install light outlets or fixtures until mechanical piping and duct work is installed; then install lights in a location to provide best lighting. E. The locations of existing utilities, building, equipment and conduit shown on the drawings is approximate. verify exact locations and routing of existing systems in the field. Include all costs in contract price for adjustment required to accommodate existing conditions. F. Coordinate and cooperate in every way with other trades in order to avoid interference and assure a satisfactory job. ' 1.04 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WIRING Provide electrical work, materials, and control components ' required for proper operation of the air conditioning, heating and plumbing systems as indicated on the electrical, mechanical, and plumbing drawings and ' specified herein. 1.05 PERMITS Take out all required permits, inspections and examinations without additional cost to the Owner. City will waive permit and inspection fees. ' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -2 1 material whether or not particularly mentioned herein. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -3 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work and materials in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the California Administrative Code Title 24, Part 3 "Basic Electrical Regulations ", Title 8 "Division of Industrial Safety ", the National Electrical Code, the National Life Safety Code, and other ' applicable state laws and regulations. ' B. All material and equipment shall be new and shall be delivered to the site in unbroken packages. All material and equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories or other recognized testing laboratories, where such listings are available. Comply with all ' installation requirements and restrictions pertaining to such listings. C. Keep.a copy of all applicable codes available at the job site at all times while performing work under this section. Nothing in plans or specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of codes. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Review of contractors submittals is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the ' contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor is responsible for quantities; dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job ' site; fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordination of his work with that of t all other trades and satisfactory performance of his work. B. Material Lists and Shop Drawings: 1. Submit material list and equipment manufacturers for review within 35 days of award of contract. Give name of manufacturer and where applicable, brand name, type ' and /or catalog number of each item. Listing of more than one manufacturer for any one item of equipment, or listing items "as specified ", without both make and model or type designation, is not acceptable. Shop drawings shall not be submitted before review completion of manufacturers list. The right is reserved to require submission of samples of any material whether or not particularly mentioned herein. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -3 3. The Contractor shall keep the "as- built" prints up to date and current with all work performed. ' 1.08 CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, PREMISES All parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left ' smooth, clean and in proper condition to receive paint finish. I ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -4 ' 2. After completion of review of the material and equipment manufacturers list, submit shop drawings for review. Shop drawings shall be submitted in completed ' bound groups of materials (i.e., all lighting fixtures or all switchgear, etc.). The Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment and be satisfied as to fit and that they comply with all code requirements relating to clear working space about electrical equipment prior to submitting shop drawings for review. Submittals which are intended to be reviewed as substitution or departure from the contract documents must be specifically noted as such or the requirements of the contract documents will prevail regardless of the acceptance of the submittal. C. Record Drawings ' 1. Provide and maintain in good order a complete set of electrical contract prints. Changes to the contract to be clearly recorded on this set of prints. At the end of the project, the Contractor shall transfer all changes to one set of transparencies to be delivered unfolded to the Engineer. 2. The actual location and elevation of all buried lines, boxes, monuments, vaults, stub -outs and other provisions for future connections shall be referenced ' to the building lines or other clearly established base lines and to approved tench marks. If any necessary dimensions are omitted from the record ' drawings, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, do all excavation required to expose the buried work and to establish the correct locations. 3. The Contractor shall keep the "as- built" prints up to date and current with all work performed. ' 1.08 CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, PREMISES All parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left ' smooth, clean and in proper condition to receive paint finish. I ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -4 Perform cutting and patching of the construction work ' which may be required for the proper installation of the electrical work. Patching shall be of the same material, workmanship and finish as and accurately match surrounding ' work to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.11 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Panelboards, terminal cabinets, circuit breakers, ' 1.09 JOB CONDITIONS - PROTECTION contactors, pushbutton control stations, and other Protect all work, materials and equipment from damage from any cause whatever and provide adequate and proper storage identified by means of descriptive nameplates or tags facilities during the progress of the work. Provide for the safety and good condition of all the work until final drawings with dimensions and format shall be submitted to acceptance of the work by the Owner and replace all ' damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before or machine screws. Self- adhering or adhesive backed requesting final acceptance. nameplates shall not be used. 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING ` Perform cutting and patching of the construction work ' which may be required for the proper installation of the electrical work. Patching shall be of the same material, workmanship and finish as and accurately match surrounding ' work to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.11 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Panelboards, terminal cabinets, circuit breakers, disconnect switches, starters, relays, time switches, contactors, pushbutton control stations, and other apparatus used for the operation or control of feeders, circuits, appliances, or equipment shall be properly identified by means of descriptive nameplates or tags ' permanently attached to the apparatus and wiring. B. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated phenolic. Shop drawings with dimensions and format shall be submitted to ' the Engineer before installation. Attachment to equipment shall be with escutcheon pins, rivets, self- tapping screws or machine screws. Self- adhering or adhesive backed nameplates shall not be used. C. Plates: All cover and device plates shall be furnished ` with engraved or etched designations under any one of the following conditions: 1. Three gang or larger gang switches. 2. Lock switches. ' 3. Pilot switches. 4. Switches in locations from which the equipment or ' circuits controlled cannot be readily seen. 5. Manual motor starting switches. ' 6. Where so indicated on the drawings. 7. As required on all control circuit switches, such as heater controls, etc. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -5 1 8. Where receptacles are other than standard duplex receptacles to indicate voltage and phase. D. Provide black -on -white laminated plastic nameplates engraved in minimum 1/4" high letters to correspond with the designations on the drawings. Provide other or I additional information on nameplates where indicated. E. For equipment containing or operating on circuits of more than 240 volts nominal, provide red -on -white laminated warning signs engraved in 1/2" high letters to read: "CAUTION - 480 (or as applicable) VOLTS" "AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY ". F. Tags shall be attached to feeder wiring in conduits at every point where runs are broken or terminated and shall include pull wires in empty conduits. Circuit, phase, and function shall be indicated. Branch circuits shall be tagged in panelboards and motor control centers. Tags may ' be made of pressure sensitive plastic or embossed, self- attached, stainless steel or brass ribbon. G. Cardholders and cards shall be provided for circuit identification in panelboards. Cardholders shall consist of a metal frame retaining a clear plastic cover ' permanently attached to the inside of panel door. List of circuits shall be typewritten on card. Circuit description shall include name or number of circuit, area, and connected load. ' H. Junction and new and existing pull boxes shall have covers stenciled with box number when shown on the drawings, or circuit numbers according to panel schedule. Data shall be lettered in an inconspicuous manner with a color contrasting to finish. 1.12 POWER OUTAGES A. All electrical services in all occupied facilities of the contract work are to remain operational during the entire contract period. Any interruption of the electrical power for the performance of this work shall be at the convenience of the owner and performed only after consultation with the Owner. Work involving circuit outages shall be only at such a time and of such a duration as approved in writing. Work involving power outages for the work required to connect new equipment and disconnect existing equipment shall be performed at the convenience of the Owner. ' ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -6 3. Notify the Architect in writing when installation is complete and that a final inspection of this work can be performed. In the event any defect or deficiencies are found during this final inspection they shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Architect before final acceptance can be issued. ' END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -7 1 iB. Provide overtime work; double shift work; night time work; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work to meet outages schedule. Contractor shall include all costs for this 1 work in bid at no additional expense to Owner. C. Any added costs to contractor due to necessity of complying with this Article shall be deemed to have been included in the agreed compensation for the Contract. D. When electrical work involving power distruptions to ' existing areas is initiated, the work shall proceed on a continuous basis without stopping until electric power is restored to the affected areas. E. The Contractor shall request in writing to the Owner a minimum of three weeks in advance, for any proposed electrical outage. 1.13 ASBESTOS, POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL (PCB) OR HAZARDOUS WASTE: A. It is understood and agreed that this contract does not contemplate the handling of asbestos, PCB or any hazardous, waste material. If asbestos, PCB or any hazardous waste material is encountered, notify the Owner immediately. Do not disturb, handle or attempt to remove. 1.14 ELECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT A. Prepare the following items and submit to the Engineer ' before final acceptance. 1. Two copies of local and /or state code enforcing authorities final inspection certificates. 2. Copies of as -built record drawings as required under the General Conditions, pertinent Division One Sections and Electrical General Provisions. 3. Notify the Architect in writing when installation is complete and that a final inspection of this work can be performed. In the event any defect or deficiencies are found during this final inspection they shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Architect before final acceptance can be issued. ' END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -7 1 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Submit product data sheets for all outlet boxes, floor boxes, wiring devices, device plates, relays, contactors, timeswitches, and disconnects fuses. B. Submit detailed shop drawings including dimensioned plans, elevations, details, schematic and point -to -point wiring diagrams and descriptive literature for all component parts for transformers, relays, time clocks, and photocells. i PART 1 - GENERAL Submit transformer test reports. ' 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, - PRODUCTS equipment, facilities, transportation and services 2.01 necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation Flush or concealed outlet and junction boxes: Pressed of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: of proper code size for the number of wires or conduits 1. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be included as work ' under this section. shall box be less than 4 inches square, unless specified 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Submit product data sheets for all outlet boxes, floor boxes, wiring devices, device plates, relays, contactors, timeswitches, and disconnects fuses. B. Submit detailed shop drawings including dimensioned plans, elevations, details, schematic and point -to -point wiring diagrams and descriptive literature for all component parts for transformers, relays, time clocks, and photocells. i C. Submit transformer test reports. D. Submit material list for outlet boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Flush or concealed outlet and junction boxes: Pressed I steel, hot -dip galvanized, knockout type. Provide boxes of proper code size for the number of wires or conduits passing through or terminating therein, but in no case ' shall box be less than 4 inches square, unless specified elsewhere or noted otherwise on the drawings. Provide extension rings on flush outlets to finish flush with finished surfaces. Boxes installed in concrete shall be U.L. approved for installation in concrete, and shall allow the placing of conduit without displacing reinforcing bars. ' BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -1 C. Floor boxes: Cast iron, concrete tight with leveling screws adjustable floor ring, rectangular brass cover and clear polycarbonate carpet flange. 1. Boxes: a. Single gang: Hubbell #B -2436. b. Two gang: Hubbell #B -4233. 1 C. Three gang: Hubbell #B -4333 2. Covers: • • Pedestal outlet: Hubbell #S -2 b. Duplex receptacle: Hubbell #5 -3825. 1. Provide fixture supporting device in outlet boxes for surface mounted fixtures as required. ' Single gang: Hubbell #5 -3083. b. 2. Provide solid gang boxes for three or more switches, c. for mounting behind a common device plate. Provide barriers for all 277 volt devices where more than one ' device is installed in an outlet box. 3. Telephone outlets: 4- 11/16" square by 2 -1 /8" deep. B. Surface mounted outlet boxes: Cast iron type FS or FD, with threaded hubs as required. Provide plugs in all unuseC.. openings. Provide weatherproof gaskets for all exterior boxes. C. Floor boxes: Cast iron, concrete tight with leveling screws adjustable floor ring, rectangular brass cover and clear polycarbonate carpet flange. 1. Boxes: a. Single gang: Hubbell #B -2436. b. Two gang: Hubbell #B -4233. 1 C. Three gang: Hubbell #B -4333 2. Covers: 2.02 PULL BOXES A. Sizes as indicated on the drawings and in no case of less size or material thickness than required by the governing code. Exercise care in locating underground pull boxes to avoid installation in drain water flow areas. 1. General purpose sheet steel pull boxes: Install only in dry protected locations with removable screw covers. Manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -2 a. Pedestal outlet: Hubbell #S -2 b. Duplex receptacle: Hubbell #5 -3825. c. Single system outlet: Hubbell #S -2625 3. Carpet Flanges: a. Single gang: Hubbell #5 -3083. b. Two gang: Hubbell #5 -3084. c. Three gang: Hubbell #5 -3085. 2.02 PULL BOXES A. Sizes as indicated on the drawings and in no case of less size or material thickness than required by the governing code. Exercise care in locating underground pull boxes to avoid installation in drain water flow areas. 1. General purpose sheet steel pull boxes: Install only in dry protected locations with removable screw covers. Manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -2 1 2. Weatherproof sheet steel pull boxes: Fabricate of code gauge, hot -dip galvanized steel with gasketed weathertight cover of same material. Manufacturer's standard baked exterior enamel finish. 1. Single Pole Switches 2.03 SWITCHES A. Provide circuit switches totally enclosed, bakelite or 20 Amps 20 Amps composition base, toggle type with 277 volt A.C. rating I #1221 for full capacity or contacts for incandescent or ' P & S fluorescent lamp loads. Switch ratings shall be 20 ampere #20AC1 -L only. Color as selected by Architect. Switches #5021 #5071 controlling circuits connected to emergency power shall be Leviton #1221 red. ` B. Where switches are mounted in multiple gang assembly and are operating at 277 volts and /or 277 volts and 120 volts mounted in same outlet box, there shall be a #1222 #20AC2 #1222 -L #20AC2 -L barrierinstalled between each switch. Sierra #5022 #5072 C. Listed below are switches, only which are approved. 1. Single Pole Switches Toggle Type Lock Type ' Make 20 Amps 20 Amps Hubbell #1221 #1221 -L ' P & S #20AC1 #20AC1 -L Sierra #5021 #5071 Leviton #1221 #1221 -L ` 2. Double Pole Switch Hubbell P & S #1222 #20AC2 #1222 -L #20AC2 -L Sierra #5022 #5072 Leviton #1222 #1222 -L 3. Three Switches -Way Hubbell #1223 #1223 P & S #20AC3 #20AC3 -L Sierra #5023 #5073 Leviton #1223 #1223 -L 4. Four -Way Switches Hubbell #1224 #1224 -L P & S #20AC4 #20AC4 -L Sierra #5024 #5074 Leviton #1224 #1224 -L BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -3 B. Duplex convenience receptacles shall be grounding type, 120 volt, 15 ampere, and shall have two current carrying contacts and one grounding contact which is internally connected to the frame. Outlet shall accommodate standard parallel blade cap and shall be side wired. Only these receptacles listed hereafter shall be used: 1. P & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5262. 2. Leviton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5262. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -4 1 5. Momentary Contact Switches - 20A at 277V Make 3- Position Reg. 3- Position Lock Hubbell #1557 #1557 -L P & S #1251 #1251 -L ' Sierra #5120 #5170 Leviton #1251 #1251 -L 6. Maintained Contact Switches (Double Throw, Center Off), 20A at 277V Toggle Type Lock Type Make 1 -Pole 2 -Pole 1 -Pole 2 -Pole P & S #1225 #1226 #1225 -L #1226 -L Hubbell #1385 #1386 -L #1385 -L #1386 -L - Sierra #5122 - -- #5175 - Leviton #1385 #1386 #1385 -L #13 1 7. Pilot lights used in conjunction with circuit switches shall be neon type with red jewel, P & S #437 (120 volt) or #438 (277 volt) or approved equal. 2.04 RECEPTACLES A. All receptacles in flush type outlet boxes shall be installed with a bonding jumper to connect the box to the receptacle ground terminal. Grounding through the receptacle mounting straps is not acceptable. The bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with the branch circuit protective device as tabulated herein under "Grounding ". Bonding jumper shall be attached at each outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws 6 -32 or larger (except isolated ground receptacles). For receptacles in surface mounted outlet boxes direct metal -to -metal contact between receptacle mounting strap (if it is connected to the grounding contacts) and outlet box may be used. Color as selected by Architect. Receptacles connected to emergency power circuits shall be red. B. Duplex convenience receptacles shall be grounding type, 120 volt, 15 ampere, and shall have two current carrying contacts and one grounding contact which is internally connected to the frame. Outlet shall accommodate standard parallel blade cap and shall be side wired. Only these receptacles listed hereafter shall be used: 1. P & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5262. 2. Leviton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5262. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -4 II • 3. Hubbell, C] . . . . . . . 05262. C. Duplex 20 ampere convenience outlets same as 15 ampere except ampacity shall be used where duplex receptacles is supplied by separate 20- ampere circuit: 1. P & S 2. Leviton . . . . . 3. Hubbell . . . . . 4. Woodhead . . . . . . . . # 9300HG # 5362HG # 8300 . . . . . . # 85362DW D. Ground fault convenience receptacles provide separate ground fault receptacle at each location indicated on drawings. 1. Leviton # 6398HG 2. Hubbell . . . . . . . . . . . # GF8300 E. Weatherproof receptacle: Ground fault type duplex receptacle, mounted in a flush hinged door enclosure with lock and key. Enclosure shall be a P & S #4600 with a #1591F46 receptacle. On exposed conduit runs, weatherproof ground fault type receptacle as hereinbefore specified, installed in "FS" condulet with one of the following spring door type covers: 1. P & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #4510 2. Hubbell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #5211 F. Special outlets shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2.05 FLOOR OUTLETS A. Flush duplex convenience receptacle in a cast iron floor box as hereinbefore specified shall be grounding type, 125 volts, 15 amperes, and shall have two current carrying contacts and one grounding contact which is internally connected to the frame. Receptacle shall be P & S or Hubbell #5242, Sierra #1410 or Leviton #5014, with standard length mounting strap as required by the manufacturer of floor box being furnished. B. Pedestal type duplex convenience receptacle outlet shall be Walker- Parkersburg #513AL -DPS -G except with duplex grounding type receptacle (color as selected by Architect) ' as hereinbefore specified. Unit shall be mounted on cast iron floor box as hereinafter specified with proper adapter and nipple for mounting to floor box. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -5 • 0 C. Pedestal type telephone or data outlet shall be mounted on cast iron floor box as hereinbefore specified and shall be Walker - Parkersburg #407AL, #509AL, or #518AL telephone fitting, finished brush aluminum, complete with proper nipple and adapter for mounting to floor box. 2.06 PLATES Provide plates for every switch, receptacle, telephone outlets, wall speaker outlet. All plates shall be 0.040" stainless steel plates on all outlets, unless specifically noted otherwise. Plates shall be Sierra Manufacturing Company Type 302 alloy only. ' 2.07 STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL Structural and miscellaneous steel used in connection with electrical work and located out -of -doors or in damp locations, to be hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise specified. Included are underground pull box covers and ' similar electrical items. Galvanizing average 2.0 ounce per square foot and conform to ASTM A123. 2.08 FLASHING ASSEMBLIES Provide Semco Fig. #1100 -4 lead flashing assemblies at all roof penetrations. Seal the joint between flashing and ' pipe with waterproofing compound. 2.09 DISCONNECTS Disconnect switches shall be rated 600 volt A.C., NEMA Type HD, quick -make, quick- break, h.p.- rated, nonfusible or fusible, Class "R", in NEMA Type I enclosure, lockable with number of poles and amperage as indicated on the drawings. Where enclosure is indicated W.P. (weatherproof) switches shall be raintight NEMA Type 3R enclosure, lockable. Maximum voltage, current and horsepower rating clearly marked on the switch enclosure and switches having dual element fuses shall have rating indicated on the metal plate. 2.10 TRANSFORMERS ' A. Provide dry type transformers constructed to meet Underwriters' Laboratories Specification UL 506 and tested in accordance with USAS I and NEMA Standards. Performance on transformers equal to or better than ANSI, NEMA, IEEE and N.E.C. published criteria. U.L. Class 220 °C insulation with maximum winding temperature rise of 150 °C in 40 °C ambient at 100% continuous rated capacity with overload capacity per ANSI C57.12 and C57.96. Transformers shall be equipped with four 2 -1/2% full BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -6 sized according to the following table: [1 IBASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -7 I capacity taps, 2 above and 2 below normal voltage. Primary and secondary terminals to be accessible, located behind removable front cover plate. B. Transformers as manufactured by Acme, Westinghouse, General Electric, Square D Co., or Sierra Transformer Co. Transformers mounted per Korfund Literature for weight of transformer, and connected by one of the following methods: ' 1. Underfloor conduit resulting in no rigid connections to transformer. (Use ground strap for equipment ground.) ' 2. Sealtite flexible conduit. (Use ground wire for equipment ground). 3. Pullbox or wireways from transformer which are isolated from transformer with an approved sound absorbing neoprene gasket. (Use ground strap for ' equipment ground.) C. Bolt floor- mounted transformers to floor using isolation rubber mount. D. Transformer windings shall be copper or aluminum. tPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GROUNDING (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations, both of the State of California and local authorities having jurisdiction. B. The neutral of each transformer shall be grounded by individual separate ground conductors in individual 1 conduits as follows: 1. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to building main ground bus. 2. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to nearest ' available effectively grounded building structural steel member or metal cold water grounded pipe. C. The transformer neutral ground conductors for secondary side of the transformers shall be copper and shall be sized according to the following table: [1 IBASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -7 I I • • Secondary Total Equivelent Size Copper #2 or smaller 1 or 1/0 2/0 or 3/0 ' 4/0 thru 350 MCM Over 350 MCM thru 600 MCM Over 600 MCM thru 1100 MCM Over 1100 MCM Neutral Ground Wire Size Copper #6 -1" conduit #4 -1" conduit #2 -1 1/4" conduit #1 -1 1/4" conduit 2/0 -1 1/2" conduit 3/0 -1 1/2" conduit 4/0 -2" conduit ' D. Each pull box or any other enclosure in which several ground wires are terminated shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug. ' E. The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms. 3.02 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Accurately place boxes and securely fasten to structural members . Where outlets are shown at same location but at different mounting heights, install outlets in one vertical line. Where outlets are shown at same location and mounting height, mount outlets as close together as possible. Where switches and receptacles are shown at the ' same location and mounting height, mount in common outlet box with barriers between devices. Where switches are shown on wall adjacent to hinge side of doors, box shall be installed to clear door when door is fully opened. B. Flush mounted boxes shall be attached to two studs or structure members by means of metal supports. C. Boxes above accessible ceilings shall be attached to structural members. Where boxes are suspended, they shall 1 be supported independently of conduit system by means of hanger rods and /or preformed steel channels. Boxes shall be supported independently of all piping, duct work, equipment, ceiling hanger wires and suspended ceiling grid system. ' D. Surface mounted outlets shall be attached to concrete or masonry walls by means of expansion shields. E. Floor boxes shall be installed level with finish floor and ' within adjustable limits of floor ring. Where outlets are shown at same or adjacent location, use multigang boxes. ['I BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -8 I F. Device outlet boxes and device outlet rings installed in walls shall be horizontally separated by not less than 24 inches from device outlet boxes and rings in common wall surfaces located on the opposite (back) side of the same wall. END OF SECTION BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -9 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT AND WIRE 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT ' A. Rigid steel conduit: Hot -dip galvanized, zinc coated. Threads shall be galvanized after fabrication. B. Electrical metallic tubing: Galvanized. Couplings and connectors, seamless steel construction and of the set screw or water -tight compression type with insulated throat, Thomas & Betts Co. ,#5123 or #5031 Series or approved equal. C. Flexible conduit: Galvanized steel. Connector shall be Thomas & Betts Co. #3312 and /or 03332 Series, complete with insulated throat, or approved equal. ' D. Liquid -tight flexible conduit: Sealtite Type U.A. with Appleton Series "ST" connectors. E. Nonmetallic conduit: Polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 40 or type "EB" (concrete encased). 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -1 I PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be included as work under this section. 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical 1 work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Submit product data sheets for all wire, conduit, fittings and splicing materials. ' B. Submit material list for all conduit and fittings. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT ' A. Rigid steel conduit: Hot -dip galvanized, zinc coated. Threads shall be galvanized after fabrication. B. Electrical metallic tubing: Galvanized. Couplings and connectors, seamless steel construction and of the set screw or water -tight compression type with insulated throat, Thomas & Betts Co. ,#5123 or #5031 Series or approved equal. C. Flexible conduit: Galvanized steel. Connector shall be Thomas & Betts Co. #3312 and /or 03332 Series, complete with insulated throat, or approved equal. ' D. Liquid -tight flexible conduit: Sealtite Type U.A. with Appleton Series "ST" connectors. E. Nonmetallic conduit: Polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 40 or type "EB" (concrete encased). 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -1 I white tape near connections) a. Normal Power 120/208 Volt A. All wire and cable shall be copper, 600 volt, 012 AWG ' minimum unless specifically noted otherwise on the Ground . . . . . Green drawings. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. ' Conductors 18 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Type of insulation as noted on drawings and as follows: Phase B . . . . Orange 1. Type THHN /THWN insulation used for 04 AWG and smaller. Phase C . . . . Blue 2. Type THW or THHN /THWN insulation used for 12 AWG and larger. 3. Type THW used for all panel feeders and service ' conductors. 120 1208 Volt 4. Type THHN insulation used for circuit conductors ' installed in fluorescent lighting fixture raceways, Provide a continuous for conductors connected to the secondary of stripe on each conductor fluorescent or mercury vapor fixture ballast or other hot locations. insulation blue or 5. Type XHHW or THWN insulation shall be used where yellow except ground conductors are installed in conduit exposed to the weather. 6. The following color code for branch circuits: ' Neutral . . . . White (Tape feeder neutrals with . white tape near connections) a. Normal Power 120/208 Volt 480/277 Volt ' Ground . . . . . Green Ground . . . . . Green Phase A . . . . Black Phase A . . . . Brown Phase B . . . . Red Phase B . . . . Orange ' Phase C . . . . Blue Phase C . . . . Yellow b. Emergency power same insulation color as normal power except as follows: 120 1208 Volt 480/277VO1t ' Provide a continuous color Provide a continuous stripe on each conductor stripe on each conductor insulation, orange or insulation blue or ' yellow except ground black, except ground 7. Feeders identified as to phase or leg in each panelboard with printed identifying tape. PART 3 - EXECUTION CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -2 3.01 TRENCHING, FOOTINGS, SLEEVES A. Provide trenching, backfilling, and compaction for the underground electrical work, in accordance with applicable sections of this specification. B. Provide footings for all post and /or pole- mounted lighting fixtures. C. Sleeves ' 1. Provide sleeves for raceways and conduit passing through the following construction elements: ' a. Concrete foundations, floors, walls and slabs. b. Lath and plaster walls and ceilings. c. Building structures (ie., foundations, walls, floors, ceilings, roofs) with a fire rating exceeding 20 minutes. 2. Sleeves shall extend 1 1/2 inches above floors, except under floor standing electrical equipment. Sleeves shall be flush with walls ceilings foundations and partitions exposed to public view and extend approximately 1/2" past penetration in fire rated ' construction. Sleeves shall be installed at exact penetration locations and angles to accommodate raceway and conduit routings. ' 3. Joists, girders, beams, columns or reinforcing steel shall not be cut or weakened. Where construction necessitates the routing of conduit or raceways through structural members, framing or under footings, written permission to make such installation shall first be obtained from the Architect. Such permission ' will not be granted, however, if any other method of installation is possible. 4. The layout and design of raceways and conduits located in or routed through masonry or reinforced beams or walls shall be reviewed by the Architect before any work is performed. All sleeving shall be accomplished according to the instructions of the Architect and shall be accepted before any concrete is poured. 5. Sleeves, raceways and conduit shall be located to clear steel reinforcing bars in beams. Reinforcing bars in walls shall be offset to clear piping and sleeves. 1 CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -3 I the fire rating being penetrated. ' 8. Sleeve Material: 6. Provide 1/2" continuous clearance between inside of sleeve and exterior of conduits and raceways passing through the sleeve, unless otherwise specified. Where sleeves pass through outside walls below grade, provide full 1" clearance between exterior of conduits and raceways passing through the sleeve. For seismic joints, clearance shall be 3 ". 7. Sleeves set in fire rated construction shall be caulked between sleeve, conduits and raceways passing ' through the sleeve with fireproof sealant, equal to the fire rating being penetrated. ' 8. Sleeve Material: a. In floor construction: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, with upper surfaca to be sealed watertight. b. In concrete or masonry walls roofs or ceilings: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. When installed in outside walls, seal outer surface watertight. c. In fire rated construction or lath and plaster: 24 gauge galvanized iron or steel. d. Sleeves through waterproof membranes: Cast iron or Schedule 40 steel with flashing clamp device ' and corrosion resistant clamping bolts. Caulk space between pipe and sleeve with outer surface sealed watertight. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all applicable codes.and regulations, both of the State of California and local authorities having jurisdiction. B. Where nonmetallic conduit is used in the underground distribution system, the Contractor shall install the proper sized copper ground wire in the conduit with the feeder for use as an equipment ground. The electrical ' metallic raceway system shall be grounded to this ground wire. C. The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed .5 ohms. D. Where an equipment bonding ground wire is installed or where nonmetallic or flexible conduit is used for feeder, subfeeder or branch circuit wiring, a green insulated, copper ground wire, sized in accordance with the following table, shall be installed. Install ground wire in each conduit with phase conductors. ' 1. Feeder, Subfeeders 6 Branch Minimum CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -4 I 1 • • 1 Circuit Protection Ground Wire Size iH. In addition to all cold water and structural steel grounds provided to meet this specification, there shall be a main ground system consisting of a Ufer ground which shall be a ' minimum of 30 ft. of 14/0 AWG bare copper cable embedded horizontally in concrete footing, so that all portions of the cable are between 2" and 4" from the earth and with 1 the center of the cable terminated at the main ground bus in main electrical room. 1 I. The interior metal water piping system shall be bonded to the main service equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the service, the building service grounding conductor and the building service conduit if metallic. 1 3.03 CONDUIT 1 CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -5 1 15 Amp 112 ' 20 Amp 112 30 to 60 Amp 110 70 to 100 Amp 18 101 to 200 Amp #6 201 to 400 Amp 13 401 to 600 Amp #1 ' 801 to 1000 Amp 2/0 1001 to 1200 Amp 3/0 1201 to 1600 Amp 4/0 1601 to 2000 Amp 250 MCM ' 2001 to 2500 Amp 350 MCM 2501 to 4000 Amp 500 MCM E. Where conductors are run in parallel in multiple raceways, the grounding conductor shall be run in parallel. Each parallel equipment grounding conductor shall be sized on the basis of the ampere rating of the overcurrent device 1 protecting the circuit conductors in the raceway. When conductors are adjusted in size to compensate for voltage drop, grounding conductors, where required, shall be adjusted proportionately in size. F. Ground conductors for branch circuit wiring shall be attached at each outlet to the back of the box using ' drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws, 6 -32 or larger. ' G. Each panelboard, switchboard, pull box or any other enclosure in which several ground wires are terminated shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate 1 lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug. iH. In addition to all cold water and structural steel grounds provided to meet this specification, there shall be a main ground system consisting of a Ufer ground which shall be a ' minimum of 30 ft. of 14/0 AWG bare copper cable embedded horizontally in concrete footing, so that all portions of the cable are between 2" and 4" from the earth and with 1 the center of the cable terminated at the main ground bus in main electrical room. 1 I. The interior metal water piping system shall be bonded to the main service equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the service, the building service grounding conductor and the building service conduit if metallic. 1 3.03 CONDUIT 1 CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -5 1 1. Securely and rigidly support all conduits from building structure. Provide supports maximum of ten feet on centers and within three feet of all bends, outlets, junction boxes, cabinets, panels and fittings. Conduits shall be supported independent of all piping, duct work, equipment ceiling hanger wires, CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -6 A. The sizes of the conduits for the various circuits shall be as indicated on the drawings and as required by code for the size and number of conductors to be pulled therein. Conduits to be concealed except as noted otherwise. B. Rigid steel conduit shall be used in the following areas: 1. Exposed on interior of buildings below eight feet. 2. Exposed on exterior of building. 3. Damp or wet locations. ' 4. Exposed on roofs. Rigid steel conduit shall not be installed in direct ' contact with earth or sand. C. Electrical metallic tubing up to and including 4 inch may be installed as permitted by codes referenced within specifications except where rigid steel conduit is required. Electrical metallic tubing shall not be used ' underground or in contact with earth. D. Flexible steel conduit may be installed where concealed above ceilings or in non - masonry /concrete walls. E. Liquid -tight flexible conduit shall be installed for final connection to motors, control devices mounted on vibrating or rotating equipment, equipment indicated on drawings to have flexible conduit connections, and in all areas where exposed flexible connections are required. F. Nonmetallic conduit shall be installed for all underground runs unless specifically noted or specified otherwise. Nonmetallic conduit shall not be installed in the following locations; 1. In stud walls. ' 2. Above ceilings. 3. Exposed or in crawl spaces. G. Conduit Installation: 1. Securely and rigidly support all conduits from building structure. Provide supports maximum of ten feet on centers and within three feet of all bends, outlets, junction boxes, cabinets, panels and fittings. Conduits shall be supported independent of all piping, duct work, equipment ceiling hanger wires, CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -6 3. Individual conduits placed against brick, masonry or concrete walls or slabs shall be secured with pipe clamps and expansion shields. Individual conduits placed against dry wall or plaster construction shall be secured by means of pipe clamps and screws attached to studs or other structural members. The use of toggle bolts.is prohibited. Provide performed channel supports for all multiple conduits placed against walls or slabs. 4. Unless otherwise restricted by structural drawings and and suspended ceiling grid systems. All conduits shall be secured by means of approved pipe clamps or straps. The use of "plumbers tape" is prohibited. concrete slabs or walls shall not be greater than 1/4 2. Individual conduits suspended above ceiling shall be supported by means of hanger rods and pipe clamps. Multiple conduits suspended above ceilings shall be ' supported by means of trapeze type hangers and pipe clamps. 3. Individual conduits placed against brick, masonry or concrete walls or slabs shall be secured with pipe clamps and expansion shields. Individual conduits placed against dry wall or plaster construction shall be secured by means of pipe clamps and screws attached to studs or other structural members. The use of toggle bolts.is prohibited. Provide performed channel supports for all multiple conduits placed against walls or slabs. L__I 4. Unless otherwise restricted by structural drawings and specifications, the maximum size conduit permitted in concrete slabs or walls shall not be greater than 1/4 of the slab thickness. Conduits installed in concrete slabs shall not cross. 5. Conduit below slab on grade or underground exterior to building shall be spaced a minimum of 3" between identical systems and 12" between power and all other systems except at termination points. ' 6. Conduits which are installed at this time and left empty for future use shall have polyvinyl rope left in place for future use. ' 7. Conduits stubbed outside of building line for future use shall be terminated a minimum of five feet clear of building or adjacent concrete walks or A.C. paving ' and capped. Provide concrete monuments , 6" x 6" x 15" deep, buried flush with grade over the capped ' ends. The face of monument shall be furnished with 3" square brass plates securely mounted and engraved with the number and size of conduits and type of service (i.e., "POWER ", "TEL.", etc.). 8. Provide expansion and deflection fittings, with bonding jumper at all building expansion or seismic ' joint crossings. 9. Provide two locknuts and an insulated bushing at each metallic conduit terminating at outlet boxes, junction boxes, terminal cabinets, switchboards and panelboards. Provide insulated bushing at each CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -7 L__I CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -8 metallic conduit stub -up location. Bushings shall have ground lugs when installed on a metallic extension of PVC conduit run. 10. Provide metallic or plastic caps on all conduit during construction until installation of conductors. ' 11. Branch circuit and telephone conduits turned up from floor into interior demountable partitions or to equipment not adjacent to a wall shall terminate in flush coupling at floor and then extend into partition ' or to equipment. Refer to Architectural drawings for location of demountable partitions. 12. Conduit run exposed shall be run at right angles or parallel to the walls or structures. All changes in directions, either horizontally or vertically, shall be made with conduit outlet bodies as manufactured by Crouse Hinds or equal. Conduits run on exposed beams or trellis work shall be painted to match surrounding surfaces. Conduits run exposed on roofs shall be ' installed on 2x4 redwood sleepers, maximum 5 foot on centers. Sleepers shall be set in nonhardening mastic. 13. Rigid steel conduit or electrical metallic tubing shall not be strapped or fastened to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock absorbing bases. 14. From each panel, and signal cabinet which is flush ' mounted in a wall, stub up from top of the panel /cabinet a minimum of three 1" conduits to the nearest ceiling spaces or other accessible location. Where the floor below the panel is accessible or is a ceiling space stub an additional three 1" conduits into the accessible space below the panel. Cap conduits for future use. ' 15. Conduit rising from floor for motor connection independently supported if over 2411 above floor. Support shall not be to a motor or duct work which may transmit vibrations. 16. Install underground conduit, except under buildings, ' not less than 24" below finished grade in nontraffic areas and 30" below finished grade in traffic areas, including roads and parking areas. Dimensions shall be measured to the top of the conduit. Install long ' radius bends in underground conduits in excess of 100 feet long. 3.04 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -8 E. All wiring, including low voltage, shall be installed in ' conduit. F. Control wiring to conform to the wiring diagrams shown on ' the mechanical drawings and the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. F I i ICONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -9 E A. Branch circuit and fixture joints for 110 AWG and smaller wire shall be made with UL- approved connectors listed for 600 volts, approved for use with copper and /or aluminum wire. Connector to consist of a cone - shaped, expandable coil spring insert, insulated with a nylon shell and 2 wings placed opposite each other to serve as a built -in wrench or shall be molded one -piece as manufactured by 3M- "Scatchlok ". B. Branch circuit joints of 18 AWG and larger shall be made with screw pressure connectors made of high strength ' structural aluminum alloy and UL- approved for use with both copper and /or aluminum wire as manufactured by Thomas & Betts. Joints shall be insulated with plastic splicing ' tape, tappered half - lapped and at least the thickness equivalent to 1.5 times the conductor insulation. Tapes shall be fresh and of quality equal to Scotch. C. Use U.L. listed pulling compound for installation of conductors in conduits. D. Correspond each circuit to the branch number indicated on the panel schedule shown on the drawings except where departures are approved by the Architect or the Owner's inspectors. E. All wiring, including low voltage, shall be installed in ' conduit. F. Control wiring to conform to the wiring diagrams shown on ' the mechanical drawings and the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. F I i ICONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -9 E [h H. All splices in exterior pull boxes and light poles shall be cast resin encapsulated.. 1. Power conductor splices - 3M Scotchcast Series 82/85/90; Plymouth or equal. 2. Control and signal circuits 3M Scotchcast series 8981 thru 8986, Plymouth or equal. Neatly group and lace all wiring in panelboards, motor control centers and terminal cabinets with plastic ties at 3" on centers. Tag all spare conductors. END OF SECTION CONDUIT AND WIRE 16111 -10 ' SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS ' B. Provide shop drawing showing panelboard circuit arrangements, size, voltage, ampacity, overcurrent protective devices, etc. C. Provide nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL indicated with circuit breakers 1.01 SCOPE ' A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, holders and equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards installation of the work of this Section, complete, as furnished with subfeed breakers shown on the drawings and /or specified herein. Work split includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: ' etc., as required. 1. Examine all other specification sections and drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division Sixteen. 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Provide manufacturers catalog data for panelboards, cabinets and circuit breakers. ' B. Provide shop drawing showing panelboard circuit arrangements, size, voltage, ampacity, overcurrent protective devices, etc. C. Provide nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS ' C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike. 1 PANELBOARDS 16160 -1 l� A. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and proper bussing. B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with subfeed breakers and /or lugs, split bussing, contactors, time switches, relays, etc., as required. ' C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike. 1 PANELBOARDS 16160 -1 l� ' 5. I.T.E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Equal H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have ' a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5 -3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices. PANELBOARDS 16160 -2 D. All panelboards shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning where exposed to public view (e.g., corridors, covered passages, offices, etc.) and gray in switchboard, janitor's heater and storage rooms. Prime coated panelboard shall be painted to match surroundings after installation. Panelboards shall be fabricated of sheet ' steel of the following minimum gauges: Door and trim 112; enclosure - code gauge steel. E. Furnish all panelboards and terminal cabinets with flush ' locks except where indicated otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panelboards and terminal cabinets by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open. F. Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, SIN or 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, SIN. Panelboard types as manufactured by: ' 1. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . . . . Type ow -R -Line 1 • , 2. General Electric . . . . . . . . . . Type AQ 3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NQOB • ' 4. Sylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NA1B 5. I.T.E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Equal ' G. Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three phase, 4 wire, SIN. Panelboard types as manufactured by: 1. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . Type Pow -R -Line 2 ' 2. General Electric . . . . . . . . . . Type AE 3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NEHB 4. Sylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type NH1B ' 5. I.T.E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Equal H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have ' a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5 -3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices. PANELBOARDS 16160 -2 • • I. Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker ' numbers. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11 A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltages thru 240 volt and 14,000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the ' interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings. ' B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only are acceptable: ' 1. Westinghouse Co. 2. General Electric Co. 3. Square D Co. 4. Sylvania 5. I.T.E. Co. C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that ' the breakers of the proper trip 'settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black -on -white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from ' front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker. D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie -bar between handles will not be accepted. E. All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit ' sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of Architect. F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors ' and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place. G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt on type. ' PANELBOARDS 16160 -3 11 0 • 2.03 BUSSING A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full silver or tin - plated aluminum. Bussing shall be full length of the enclosure. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Provide a red and white bakelite nameplate with 1/2" high letters in each 277/480 volt panel fastened to face of dead -front plate, to read: "WARNING 480 VOLTS ". ' B. Panelboard manufacturer shall stencil the panel number identification on the inside of panel door to correspond with the panel designation on the drawings. ' PANELBOARDS 16160 -4 11 B. Bussing shall be braced to withstand symmetrical short circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than ' specified circuit breakers: 1. 240 volt and below 10,000 amp. 2. Greater than 240V 14,000 amp. C. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall ' have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug. D. Provide space and all hardware and mounting attachments for future devices as indicated on drawings. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOUNTING tA. Flush mounted panelboards shall be securely fastened to at least two studs or structural members. Trim shall be flush with finished surface. B. Surface mounted panelboards shall be secured to walls by means of preformed steel channels securely fastened to at least two studs or structural members. C. Panelboards shall be installed to insure the top circuit protective device (including top compartment control devices) are not more than 6' -6" above finish floor in front of the panel and the bottom device is a minimum of 12" above the floor. Manufacturer shall specifically ' indicate on shop drawing submittals each panel where these conditions can not be met. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. Provide a red and white bakelite nameplate with 1/2" high letters in each 277/480 volt panel fastened to face of dead -front plate, to read: "WARNING 480 VOLTS ". ' B. Panelboard manufacturer shall stencil the panel number identification on the inside of panel door to correspond with the panel designation on the drawings. ' PANELBOARDS 16160 -4 11 C 3.03 • • Identification plates and numbers shall be attached with screws or twist lock fasteners. Adhesive attachment of any kind shall not be used. SPARE CONDUITS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) Provide three 1" conduit only stubs from each panelboard and terminal cabinet into accessible ceiling space. Where floor below panel or terminal cabinet is accessible, provide three 1" conduit only stubs into accessible floor space. END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS 16160 -5 ' 2.01 INDIVIDUAL STARTERS A. Manual Motor Starters: ' 1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. 2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for ' all single phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy duty type. 3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate to indicate function of pilot light. I MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -1 SECTION 16480 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for, and incidental to, performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as ' shown on the drawings and /or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: ' 1. Examine all other specification sections and drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division Sixteen. 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical work. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 INDIVIDUAL STARTERS A. Manual Motor Starters: ' 1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. 2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for ' all single phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy duty type. 3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate to indicate function of pilot light. I MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -1 11 1 1 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -2 (, 4. The following motor starters as manufactured by: Single Phase tManufacturer 1 h.p. and Below Others Arrow Hart Type RL Type LL General Electric CR 101 Class CR 1062 I.T.E. Class C10, C11 Class C20 or C12 Square D Co. Class 2510, Class 2510, Type A Type B & C Westinghouse Type MS Type A100 Allen Bradley Approved Equal Approved Equal ' B. Individual Magnetic Motor Starters: ' 1. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across- the -line units in NEMA Type I enclosure, unless other types of enclosures are indicated. ' 2. All starters located outside of a building whether or not indicated shall be W.P. (weatherproof), and all starters noted W.P. shall be furnished in NEMA type 4 ' cast or stainless steel enclosures. 3. Starters shall be horsepower rated for the motor controlled, and shall be equipped with properly sized overload elements. Every pole shall be with overload element. ' 4. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter. ' 5. Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand- Off - Auto" switch or stop- start pushbutton as required. ' 6. Coils shall be designed to operate on voltage indicated on control diagrams and have built -in -under the voltage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line when the line voltage drops below ' normal operating voltage. 7. The coil control circuit shall be independently fused, ' sized to protect coil. S. Starters to be equipped with running pilot light indication with a "Push -to- Test" feature. 11 1 1 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -2 j MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -3 9. Magnetic starters shall have a minimum of two auxiliary contacts. Additional auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required to comply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical and mechanical drawings and the description of the ' function in the Mechanical Section of the Specifications. 10. Minimum starter size shall be NEMA size I unless indicated otherwise. 11. The following types of magnetic motor starters as manufactured by: ' Manufacturer Type General Electric Class CR 106 I.T.E. Class A20 Square D Co. Class 8536 Westinghouse Type A200 (Size 4 Max.) or Class II -200 (Sizes 5 thru 8) 2.02 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS A. Combination starter shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter in a common ' enclosure. Combination starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower as indicated on drawings General ' Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E. B. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or ' closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF ", and shall include a two -color handle grip, the black side ' visible in the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side visible in the "ON" position indicating an unsafe or danger condition. C. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters ' shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays. ' D. Thermal units shall be of one -piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed. 2.03 FUSES j MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -3 • ' Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L. Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. ' END OF SECTION n 11 1 1 1 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16480 -4 • SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES • ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Provide light fixtures complete including lamps, ballasts, sockets, housings, ceiling trim rings for special ceilings, brackets, diffusers /lenses and outlet boxes. B. The catalog numbers included in the description of the various types of lighting fixtures shall be basically considered to establish the type or class of the fixture ' with a particular manufacturer only. The fixture-length, number of lamps, component materials, accessories, mounting type and all other features required to fulfill t the total description of the fixture based on all drawing and specification information shall be complied with regardless of whether or not the catalog number specifically includes these features. If any conflict exists between the catalog number and the description, the • Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with the Architect prior to submittal of his bid or furnish the fixture to meet the intent as later interpreted by the Architect without change in contract price. ' C. Lighting fixtures shall be of types as indicated in fixture schedule on drawings. 1 D. Include an allowance of $200.00 for the supply and installation of lighting fixture where outlet is shown on drawings without a fixture type designation. ' E. All fixtures of one type shall be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. 1.02 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the drawings and /or specified herein. work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: ' 1. Examine all other specification sections and drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division Sixteen. ' 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -1 1 B. Ballasts for HID and fluorescent fixtures shall be high power factor, with lowest sound rating available. Ballasts which are judged by the Architect to be excessively noisy to be removed and replaced. C. Ballasts in (1) one or (3) three lamp fluorescent fixtures ' when fixture is recessed mounted and within (8) eight feet of each other or if surface on pendant mounted within (1) one foot of each other shall be furnished with a tandem ' wiring harness connected to inboard ballasts of master fixture, to be field connected to inboard ballast of adjacent fixture. Night light or emergency light fixtures ' shall not apply. ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -2 I ' work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 BALLASTS (HID & FLOURESCENT) ' A. Fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped with UL, ANSI ETL approved C.B.M. certified high power factor (90% minimum) ballasts. Class "A" or beter sound rating. Fluorescent fixtures shall be designed to accommodate T -8, 265 m.a. lamps except where specified otherwise. Ballasts shall ' have Class "P" protection. Fluorescent ballasts shall be full light output rated with specified lamps. ' 1. Ballasts shall comply with FCC and NEMA limits as to EMI or RFI and not interfere with normal electrical or electronic data processing equipment 2. Ballast open circuit voltage and lamp operating voltage shall comply with requirements of the ' manufacturer of the specified lamps. 3. Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type for straight or "U" lamps, T8 series lamps as ' manufactured by Triad -Utrad Ballastar series, Advance of Motorola. 1 B. Ballasts for HID and fluorescent fixtures shall be high power factor, with lowest sound rating available. Ballasts which are judged by the Architect to be excessively noisy to be removed and replaced. C. Ballasts in (1) one or (3) three lamp fluorescent fixtures ' when fixture is recessed mounted and within (8) eight feet of each other or if surface on pendant mounted within (1) one foot of each other shall be furnished with a tandem ' wiring harness connected to inboard ballasts of master fixture, to be field connected to inboard ballast of adjacent fixture. Night light or emergency light fixtures ' shall not apply. ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -2 I otherwise specified in fixture schedule. D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type, 3500K, bi -pin, rapid- start, T -8, 4811, 32 -watt, 265 m. a., except as specified differently, General Electric, "Trimline ", Philips :Slimline ", or Sylvania "Octron ". 2.03 LIGHT FIXTURES A. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to complete and properly install the fixture. All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type specified. ' B. Fixtures shall be wired from outlet boxes supplied with fixture to socket with 114 AWG Underwriters' Type "AF" or 11CF" fixture wire. ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -3 7 2.02 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Philips, Osram or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp. B. General purpose incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted, medium base for 200 watts and smaller. ' C. Reflector lamps shall be PAR -30 or R40 as required, unless otherwise specified in fixture schedule. D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type, 3500K, bi -pin, rapid- start, T -8, 4811, 32 -watt, 265 m. a., except as specified differently, General Electric, "Trimline ", Philips :Slimline ", or Sylvania "Octron ". 2.03 LIGHT FIXTURES A. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to complete and properly install the fixture. All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type specified. ' B. Fixtures shall be wired from outlet boxes supplied with fixture to socket with 114 AWG Underwriters' Type "AF" or 11CF" fixture wire. ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -3 7 ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -4 C. Surface and /or wall mounted lighting fixtures shall not ' have any exposed chase nipples or conduit knockouts visible to view within fixture housing. Lighting fixtures mounted in continuous rows shall have chase nipples or ' conduit knockouts between lighting fixture housing, but shall not have visible chase nipples /conduit knockouts on the visible ends of the continuous row of lighting fixtures. D. Where fixture color is indicated to be selected by the . ' Architect, provide two color chip samples for review. E. Recessed fixtures where noted to have attached junction ' box shall have a junction box permanently attached to the plaster ring so that it is accessible when the fixture is removed. Connection between fixture and pull box to have flexible conduit and 2 #14 AWG "AF° wires. The flexible conduit to be sufficient length so that when the fixture is dropped, the pullbox is readily accessible. F. Recessed fixtures must all have Underwriters' Laboratory ' approval for recessed installation with plaster frame and attached pull box. Lamp enclosure, reflectors and finish wiring shall not be installed until plastering is ' completed. Finish trim shall not be installed until finish painting of the adjacent surface is completed. . G. The fixture to bear Underwriters' label of approval for the wattage indicated. H. Light fixtures installed outdoors in damp or wet locations ' shall be U.L. labeled for said location. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify actual ' ceiling construction type as defined on the architectural drawings and furnish all lighting fixtures with the ' correct mounting devices and proper operating voltage whether or not such variations are indicated by fixture catalog number. The Contractor shall verify depth of all recessed lighting fixtures with architectural drawings prior to ordering fixtures. Any discrepancies that would cause recessed lighting fixtures not to fit into ceiling shall be reported to the Architect prior to ordering of ' the fixtures. ' LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -4 B. Recessed fluorescent fixture mounted flush in "lay -in" T -bar or concealed spline ceilings'shall be provided with two clips on each end of the fixture and connected to the ceiling cross runners. Provide two 12 -gauge fixture hanger wires attached to structural members and connect to 1 diagonal corners of the fixture. Fixture shall set level and flush with ceiling grid system. ' C. Fluorescent fixtures surface mounted to a suspended "tee" ceiling shall be installed with a one and one -half inch steel channel or angle which spans across and above the ' main runners. The channel or angle member shall be provided with threaded studs for attaching to the fixture housing through the lay -in tile. Two members shall be installed per four foot fixture. Two 12 -gauge hanger ' wires shall be provided per member, attached 6" from each end of the member and anchored to the structure above. ' D. Pendant mounting fixtures shall be supplied with swivel hangers. Fixtures shall swing in any direction a minimum of 45 degrees of gravity, position. Fixtures shall have special stem lengths to give the mounting height indicated on the drawings. Stem to be 1 -piece without coupling, and to be finished the same color as the canopy and the fixture, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall check all lock -nuts and set screws to rigidly secure the socket to the stem, and the stem to the outlet box. Fixtures to be plumb and vertical. Where obstructions ' occur restricting 45 degrees swing of fixtures, the fixtures shall be guy wired to prevent fixtures from striking obstructions. Method of guying shall be approved by the Architect and Electrical Engineer. Swinging fixtures shall have a safety cable attached to the structure and the fixture at each support capable of supporting four times the vertical load. E. Suspended fixtures weighing in excess of 50 pounds shall be supported independently of the fixture outlet box. ' Provide "air craft" hanger cable for suspended fixtures route cable concealed or in pendant where possible. Each cable shall support four times the weight of the fixture. Securely attach the cable to the building structure. F. on acoustical tile ceilings, fixture outlets shall be accurately located in the center, at the intersection of ' the four corners or at the center of the joints of two tiles. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -5 1 • • ' G. Surface mounted fixtures installed on drywall or plaster ceilings and weighing less than 50 pounds may be supported from outlet box. Provide structural supports above ' drywall or plaster ceilings for installation of fixtures weighing more than 50 pounds and secure fixture to structural supports. The use of toggle bolts is ' prohibited. 3.02 LENS AND DIFFUSERS ' Lens and diffusers shall be completely cleaned of all dust, dirt and fingerprints after the installation of the light fixtures, ceiling, painting, lamps, and prior to ' occupancy of the facility by the Owner. ' END OF SECTION D 1 1 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -6 CITY Of NEWPORT BEA OCT 2 6 TO: CITY COUNCIL FROM: Utilities Department C, October 26th, 1992 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM NO. Yr SUBJECT: CONTRACT FOR GENERAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NEWPORT BEACH UTILITIES YARD EXPANSION, PHASE I (CONTRACT NO. 2879 -C) RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Find that the irregularity in the bid submitted by K -W Western, Inc. is an obvious clerical error, waive it, and declare him the "low bidder ". 2. Award Contract No. 2879 -C to K -W Western, Inc. in the amount of $870,130. 3. Authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract on behalf of the City. DISCUSSION: At 10:00 a.m. on October 15th, 1992, the City Clerk opened and read bids for the subject project. A summary of the results are listed below and a more detailed itemized bid summary is attached as Exhibit "A ": Rank Contractor /Bidder Total Bid Price low K -W Western, Inc. $ 870,130 " 2 Bay -Oak General Contractors, Inc. $ 921,500 3 D. L. Kaufman, Inc. $ 943,903 4 Fischbeck Construction, Inc. $ 962,550 5 Varkel Construction, Inc. $1,000,020 6 Adams /Mallory Const. Co., Inc. $1,030,921 7 Cavecche Engr. & Const. Co., Inc. $1,048,128 8 Allee Construction Co., Inc. $1,050,150 9 Paul Suder, Inc. $1,066,344 10 Hayward Construction Company $1,131,809 11 A. R. Willinger Company, Inc. $1,191,000 ( '• Corrected bid total) Eleven bids were received. The apparent low- bidder was Bay -Oak General Contractors, Inc. However, an "obvious clerical error" was found in K -W Western, Inc.'s bid total, caused by a misplaced decimal point in the "base bid amount ". K -W Western, Inc. has provided written confirmation and has submitted a correction of this clerical error. The corrected bid total for K -W Western, Inc. is $870,000 and is 9.0% below the Engineer's Estimate of $957,000. The low bidder, K -W Western, Inc. is a qualified general contractor licensed to do business in California. This company has successfully completed similar large construction projects for other reputable agencies and private corporations in Southern California. • 1014ge 2 - Utilities Yard October 26, 1992 Agenda Item No. The project will provide for relocation /reconstruction of previously existing buildings to clear the way for the City's master planned groundwater development project. The groundwater project requires eventual construction of a new booster pump station and underground concrete reservoir on the Utilities Yard site. This will provide for storage of well water from the City's Groundwater Development Project. The specific items provided for include: site work; parking lot installation; building construction; and remodeling in the Utilities Department Yard. Two new buildings totaling approximately 14,000 square feet will be constructed. These buildings will replace the small equipment and welding shop and the large vehicle equipment parking garages removed in conjunction with the demolition of the old concrete reservoir. The project also provides for garage extensions at the ends of the existing buildings on the east side of the site. The project will complete the first phase of a three- phased project to expand the Utilities Yard in order to accommodate the groundwater project. The three- phased project was approved by the Utilities Committee in July 1988. Actual construction of the Phase 'I' work was first approved by the Council in May 1990 as a part of the 1990 -91 fiscal year capital project program. Funds were also budgeted in the 1991 -92 capital project program. The Utilities Committee reviewed the bid results at their meeting on October 16th, 1992 and forwarded a recommendation to the Council for approval of the contract award Funds for the work are available from the City's water capital project fund under the item, "16th Street Reservoir Site Improvements ". The budget account number is 7503 - 5000018. The estimated time of completion for this building construction contract is 180 calendar days. The expected completion date is April 30th, 1993. Respectfully Submitted, ,_JEFF SToPie tfir Jeff Staneart, P.E. (Acting) Utilities Director Attachments: Exhibit "A": "Bid Summary" Js: 5di U Z U o W W O 0 0 0 O 8 WX mFAm 0 0 z� 0 '•o.un LT. " o ° U a G tL u Di iii °o °o ion °o O U U O boo 'o Q co Q - ' F ooNo nNn /i3 V o O H o �Cj N o 0. 0 U U Z U o W W O 0 0 0 O WX mFAm 0 0 z� 0 0 LT. " o ° U a tL u Di 'O } m r MW O r 0 A m 7 C m y7 z 0� L: ozz F U W 0. EXHIBIT "A" 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 iii °o °o ion °o O U boo 'o - ' F ooNo nNn o O H o �Cj N o 0. 0 C M lA ? O N c�0 0 Q N0 C < O U 0 oa A IL Q o O 0 O o O< 0 O 0 O 00 0. O 000 O 0 o 0 0 0 0 m o m m N O 00 00 NaD N O � 0 0N0 0�y0 O Z �N ^ a Z ^f0 1Ap0 o0 a� p D O 0 V Z O 1° 0 ° 10 m O �C 'C aaO ¢ i �' a =U Y J Q � U Q • 00000 00000 00000 00000 r 00000 00000 G O pp IA0000 0 0 0 0 y"j N N N O O O O O m U l7 N00 0 (O ^01NNm Nlq lqN O U OHO N N^ 1% O(q w O O U ���fAO (Ntqq o N O o Z N N Z 7 tl)EA (A ERO o n ci cq C7� o- vQ 0 E m m ¢ _ 000 °0 00,00008 00000 po ON U C (A OO 0 SO NO 0000 WOO 0 O N N O p 8 OF- pi0 avON -O S OF- N_00 V N O O OF V� N m N U j f9 N iR 1� 4 D R 2 lA O O tq Q Q m U N a 3 5 Y > a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 p 0 O 0 O 0 p X0000 o o N N 0000 0000 qo^ ^ S O o N ^n N o I�qq�o o N ^n N Z NW di< q Z �q fAN�� R -• tAN NMp o q Otl' ? O rn Z 0 rn S 2 ^ d, � da va va E E E N W N N r r lV E m E E E E N C E J E J E J E J E J y E J E J E J E J E J E E E E N m N m m Q E E E a E E E Q E E E E E J J J J J C= J - J - J - J -- J C= J J J J J C3 w0 wd m m m G 4 m 4 m 2 O 3m c 3 c 3 m Z `- O `� w 0 c °c K T°t W b� CL a a °a a Er a 8 � m 9 a � .� L .R _ U U) B � A .S L ;- .4 U ((i m � � pEEmc v W O mm E E'm W p ENE # (y i! tJ R# m u u h O� aC m s# {mom p yc y m mmdm� 0009 mmmd� f N N V im H N N Q N N N V N EXHIBIT "A" CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY October 26, 1992 TO: Mayor and Members of the City Council FROM: Robin Flory, Assistant City Attorney RE: Agenda Item No. 8, Award of Contract No. 2879 -C General Building Construction Newport Beach Utilities Yard Expansion Phase 1 The City has received an objection to the proposed award of Contract No. 2879 -C to K.W. Western Inc. in the amount of $870,130.00. Two letters of protest by the attorney for the next lowest bidder, Bay Oak General Contractors, Inc. are attached for your reference. This office has reviewed the bid documentation, the staff report and letters of protest and has concluded that the Council may waive the irregularity in the bid and award the contract if it makes the following findings: 1) The waiver of an irregularity in the writing of the base bid is an obvious clerical error, and will, in this case further the public policy of awarding contracts for construction of public works to responsible builders at the lowest price to the public. 2) The 11$8,600,000.00" amount written as the base bid is an obvious clerical error in that it is $7,409,000.00, over the highest bid. 3) The four corners of the bid document support the conclusion that the base bid amount was written in error, in that the individual unit bids total $859,190.00. 4) The corrected bid total is 9% below the engineer's estimate of $957,000.00 and is $51,370.00 below the next low bid of Bay Oak General Contractors, Inc. 5) The waiver of the irregularity does not give K.W. Western Inc. an unfair advantage over other bidders. 6) The bid is responsive in all other respects RF:ch gr /bid.m • + �jzyr� -d�J RECEIVED is -a� DANIEL B. DI DERICH OCT 211992 A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION CITY ATTORNEY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DEL AMO FINANCIAL CENTER • UNION BANK TOWER, SUITE 590 21515 HAWTHORNE BOULEVARD TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA 90503 October 20, 1992 (310) 5406015 ,5/- 4IS&7 Honorable Mayor and City Council Persons City of Newport Beach 3000 Newport Boulevard DECEIVED _ED Newport Beach California 92659 -1768 OCT 20 OF cay Re: Meeting date: October 26, 1992 NEWPON1B" Agenda Item: General Construction For j: The utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, Contract No. C- 2879 -C Dear Mayor and City Council Persons: This office represents Bay -Oak General Contractors, 1327 Post Ave., Ste. M, Torrance, California 90503. i Pursuant to the competitive bidding requirements of the City of Newport Beach,riny clients submitted the lowest responsible bid in the above matter, and respectfully request that the contract be awarded to Bay -Oak for the amount of the bid. Bay -Oak objects to the bid of K -W Western being accepted because it was not submitted properly pursuant to the Instructions to Bidders, and, as submitted, was a higher bid. Further, the bid was orally modified after bidding was closed, and after the bids were opened. Bay -Oak will not waive any of its rights with respect to this irregularity. The laws of the State of California, and the charter of the City of Newport Beach, outline specific procedures, and the City's acceptance of a bid modified after opening of the bids would, in our view, be an illegal award. While a city may allow relief from the effects of a mistaken low bid, it is entirely inappropriate to allow a higher bidder an opportunity, after openning of the bids, to modify or correct its bid to become the low bid. The bidding requirements were clear: "Final selection of General Con - '3'{ tractor will be determined based on '7 the total amount of the Base Bid �.'• �.:. :. ail r. plus amounts of Alternate Bid ;r Items numbered 1 thru 411 (Bidding fir r Q Honorable Mayor k City Council Persons 46 City of Newport Beach October 20, 1992 Page 2 And Contract Requirements, Award And Execution, 0004Q) Bay -Oak is a responsible contractor which submitted the lowest "Base Bid plus amounts of Alternate Bid Items numbered 1 thru 4." Bay -Oak requests therefore that the contract be awarded to it based upon the City's published procedures. Thank you for your consideration. p Ve trul your , ill _Z DIED IC t OCT -21 -1992 1632 FROM -�&ro Qrow 9P DANIEL B. DIEDERICH A FROF KNAL COKF ATION TO 17146443139 P.02 October 21, 1992 Robert Burnham city Attorney city of Newport Beach 3000 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach California 92659 -1768 • DEL AMo FUJANCIAL CCNRR UNION BANK TDWLR, =TZ DSO ZM5 HAWIHOB„F BOULEVARD ToRP_%H= CAUFORNIA 90603 (MM 640.66ts Re. Meeting date: October 26, 1992 Agenda Item: General Construction For The utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, Contract No. C- 2579 -C Dear Mr. Burnham. As I previously advised, this office represents Bay -Oak General Contractors with respect to its bid in the above matter. I have reviewed the utilities Department recommendation in this matter. It erroneously states that there was an "obvious clerical error" caused by a misplaced decimal point in the "base bid amount", The Base Bid was not written out. Therefore, there is nothing within the four corners of the bid itself from which an error could be deduced. If the City accepts this bid it is accepting a submitted bid of 58.610,300.00. The only way to get from that figure to $870,300.00 is from outside input after the bidding closed and after the bids were opened. There are no figures within the document itself which add up to that figure. Furthermore, to get to the figure set forth by the Utilities Department, you have to move two comas, as well as a decimal point. Once again, my client's position is that "clerical errors" may be corrected if they are cleared up within the four corners of the instrument, but not if outside input is necessary. Thank you for your consideration. October 15, 1992 To The Honorable City Council City Of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92659 -176E Attn: Gentlemen Re: Utility Yard Expansion Phase I • A W Gentlemen, Please find enclosed an original page 1 of 4 designating our bid for the Utility Yard Expansion. The written portion for clarification inadvertently got left off of our 10:00 A.M. bid form. If you might have any further questions please contact the undersigned. Sincerely, Sid Williams SW:jhr encl: K -W WESTERN, INC. / General Contractor/ LIC. CA- 343174 NV- 13361/ (714) 252 -8741 FAX (714) 252 -8836 P.O. Box 7308 Newport Beach, CA 926601 20301 Cypress Santa Ana Heights, CA ~ • . CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH UTILITIES DEPARTMENT UTILITY YARD EXPANSION PHASE I CONTRACT NO. C- 2079 -C To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92659 -1768 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the city and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. C- 2879 -C in accord with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take full payment therefore the following lump sum price for work, complete in place to wit: BASE BID 1. Lump Sum Utility Yard Expansion Phase I for the lump sum price of Qiyht hundred sixtYthousand dollars $ 860,000.00 Page 1 of 4 � rAlej 0/ DANIEL B. DIEDERICH A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION ie, a� DEL AMO FINANCIAL CENTER UNION BANK TOWER, SUITE 590 21515 HAWTHORNE BOULEVARD TORRANCE, CALIFORNIA 90503 October 20, 1992 (310) 540 -5015 Honorable Mayor and City Council Persons City of Newport BeachE�"�D 3000 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach California 92659 -1768 OC1 20 1932 cm c Frse f,IFI OF Re: Meeting date: October 26, 1992 nehcoeteFACH Agenda Item: General Construction For The Utility Yard Expansion, Phase I, Contract No. C- 2879 -C Dear Mayor and City Council Persons: This office represents Bay -Oak General Contractors, 1327 Post Ave., Ste. M, Torrance, California 90503. Pursuant to the competitive bidding requirements of the City of Newport Beach, my clients submitted the lowest responsible bid in the above matter, and respectfully request that the contract be awarded to Bay -Oak for the amount of the bid. Bay -Oak objects to the bid of K -W Western being accepted because it was not submitted properly pursuant to the Instructions to Bidders, and, as submitted, was a higher bid. Further, the bid was orally modified after bidding was closed, and after the bids were opened. Bay -Oak will not waive any of its rights with respect to this irregularity. The laws of the State of California, and the charter of the City of Newport Beach, outline specific procedures, and the City's acceptance of a bid modified after opening of the bids would, in our view, be an illegal award. While a city may allow relief from the effects of a mistaken low bid, it is entirely inappropriate to allow a higher bidder an opportunity, after openning of the bids, to modify or correct i tc I i A to hernme the l nee 1"'A r! -11 '-� `.....dd €£� The bidding requirements were clear: 1.. man "Final selection of General Con - f '''I tractor will be determined based on the total amount of the Base Bid plus amounts of Alternate Bid Items numbered 1 thru 411 (Bidding i "ir Honorable Mayor and City Council Persons City of Newport Beach October 20, 1992 Page 2 And Contract Requirements, Award And Execution, 00040) Bay -Oak is a responsible contractor which submitted the lowest "Base Bid plus amounts of Alternate Bid Items numbered 1 thru 4." Bay -Oak requests therefore that the contract be awarded to it based upon the City's published procedures. Thank you for your consideration. Z trul your , ./ll DIED C DBD /ad TO: CITY COUNCIL 0 September 28, 1992 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM NO. / FROM: Utilities Department SUBJECT: CONTRACT FOR UTILITIES YARD BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NEWPORT BEACH UTILITIES YARD EXPANSION, PHASE I (CONTRACT NO. 2879 -C) RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Approve the Project Plans & Specifications. 2. Authorize the City Clerk to advertise for bids for construction of the project sday, Getter.6�►- X998- a10- �eloek the morning. DISCUSSION: The Newport Beach Water Master Plan provides for projects to obtain a supplemental water supply from the groundwater basin. Orange County Water District has approved sites for the City's proposed water wells. As a part of the overall project to pump well water from the groundwater basin, the City must reconstruct the 3.0 million gallon reservoir and booster pumping station at the Utilities Yard at 949 West 16th Street. The City Council, Utilities Committee, on May 22, 1988, reviewed and approved a conceptual design for the expansion and reconstruction of the Utilities Yard to provide for a new reservoir and operation of the pump station to take well water into the City's system. That plan called for a three- phased construction project. This advertisement for bids will provide for a contract to construct the first phase of the Utilities Yard Reconstruction Project. This proposed work follows demolition of the old 3.0 million gallon concrete reservoir, rough grading and relocation of underground utilities serving the site. Immediately following completion of the underground utility relocation project, currently underway, the City will commence with this contract. The allotted time of completion for this phase of work is 180 calendar days. It is estimated that building construction can begin in November 1992, with probable completion in April 1993. (3V I 0 0 Page 2 - Utilities Yard September 28, 1992 Agenda Item No. The Phase I, building improvements, shown on Exhibit "A" attached, includes construction of garages for Utilities equipment and vehicles, provisions for parking, replacement of the small equipment repair & welding shop (recently demolished with the old reservoir), construction of a new electricity and telephone distribution enclosure, office space for the superintendents, the meter shop and the water quality division, replacement of leased space for KOCM radio transmitter equipment, and construction of sand and gravel storage bins. The proposed buildings will be constructed from cement masonry block units that will match the existing building surfaces and site perimeter walls. All buildings in this phase will be single -story with flat roof lines identical to the existing garages and offices. The roof parapet fascia above the roll -up metal garage doors will be beige - colored stucco to match the existing buildings. All structures and site work will be compliant with the new ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) requirements for access. The Engineers' Estimate for costs of this phase of the Yard Reconstruction Project is $957,000. Funds for the work were appropriated as a part of the 1990 -91 and 1991 -92 water capital projects budget under the item titled, "16th Street Reservoir Site Improvements ". The Utilities Yard Expansion, Phase II (next), involving the proposed reservoir is in the preliminary design stage. By the time construction of the Phase I improvements are done, detailed design of the next phase should be substantially complete. Following Phase I construction, the temporary offices and pipe materials can be moved to accommodate the next phase of construction, which will provide a new 3.0 million gallon reservoir with a booster pumping station. This reservoir and pumping station are necessary to move water from the new water wells across the City and into the Big Canyon Reservoir. Je FF Jeff Staneart (Acting) Utilities Director JS: sdi Attachment: Exhibit "A" showing Utilities Yard & the Phase I Improvements. J Authonzed to Publish Advertisements of all funds including public notices by Decree of the Superior court of Orange County, Call onia, Number A -6214, September 29, 1961, and A -24831 June 11, 1963 STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of Orange I am a Citizen of the United States and a resident of the County aforesaid; I am over the age of eighteen years, and not a party to or interested in the beloA entitled matter. I am a principal clerk of the NEWPORT BEACH —COSTA MESA DAILY PILOT, a newspaper of general circulation, printed and published in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, and that attached Notice is a true and complete copy as was parted and published on the following dates: October 3, 7, 1992 I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on October. 7 199 2 at Costa Mta, California Signature • I PUBLIC NOTICE BE iFYiID 1 (TITLE OF CITY CLERK PROSPECTIVE BIDDER MAY OBTAIN ONE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS AT NO COST AT THE OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS, DE- PARTMENT, 3300 NEW- PORT BOULEVARD, P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92659 -1768. FOR FURTHERINFORMA- TION, CALL JEFF STA- NEART AT (714) 644 -3011 Published Newport Beach -Costa Mesa Daily Pilot October 3, 7, 1992. _.. .... .. SAW686 PROOF OF PUBLICATION �Pl�